11419 lines
392 KiB
C++
11419 lines
392 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
// vim:cindent:ts=2:et:sw=2:
|
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
|
|
|
/* base class of all rendering objects */
|
|
|
|
#include "nsFrame.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
|
|
#include "gfx2DGlue.h"
|
|
#include "gfxUtils.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/2D.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/PathHelpers.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Sprintf.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameList.h"
|
|
#include "nsPlaceholderFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContentInlines.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|
#include "nsIAtom.h"
|
|
#include "nsString.h"
|
|
#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsTableWrapperFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsView.h"
|
|
#include "nsViewManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Sprintf.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
|
#include "LayoutLogging.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/RestyleManager.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/RestyleManagerHandle.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/RestyleManagerHandleInlines.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
|
|
#include "nsISelection.h"
|
|
#include "nsISelectionPrivate.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameSelection.h"
|
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
|
#include "nsHtml5Atoms.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
|
|
#include "nsGenericHTMLElement.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsFrameTraversal.h"
|
|
#include "nsRange.h"
|
|
#include "nsITextControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsNameSpaceManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPercentBSizeObserver.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
|
#include "FrameLayerBuilder.h"
|
|
#include "ImageLayers.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsBidiPresUtils.h"
|
|
#include "RubyUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsAnimationManager.h"
|
|
|
|
// For triple-click pref
|
|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
#include "nsError.h"
|
|
#include "nsContainerFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsBoxLayoutState.h"
|
|
#include "nsBlockFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsDisplayList.h"
|
|
#include "nsSVGIntegrationUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsSVGEffects.h"
|
|
#include "nsChangeHint.h"
|
|
#include "nsDeckFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsSubDocumentFrame.h"
|
|
#include "SVGTextFrame.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "gfxContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsAbsoluteContainingBlock.h"
|
|
#include "DisplayItemScrollClip.h"
|
|
#include "StickyScrollContainer.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontInflationData.h"
|
|
#include "nsRegion.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFrameInlines.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/AsyncEventDispatcher.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EffectCompositor.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EffectSet.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EventListenerManager.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EventStateManager.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/EventStates.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/MouseEvents.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/css/ImageLoader.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/Tools.h"
|
|
#include "nsPrintfCString.h"
|
|
#include "ActiveLayerTracker.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsITheme.h"
|
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|
|
|
using namespace mozilla;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::css;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::dom;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::gfx;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layers;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layout;
|
|
typedef nsAbsoluteContainingBlock::AbsPosReflowFlags AbsPosReflowFlags;
|
|
|
|
// Struct containing cached metrics for box-wrapped frames.
|
|
struct nsBoxLayoutMetrics
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize mPrefSize;
|
|
nsSize mMinSize;
|
|
nsSize mMaxSize;
|
|
|
|
nsSize mBlockMinSize;
|
|
nsSize mBlockPrefSize;
|
|
nscoord mBlockAscent;
|
|
|
|
nscoord mFlex;
|
|
nscoord mAscent;
|
|
|
|
nsSize mLastSize;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct nsContentAndOffset
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* mContent;
|
|
int32_t mOffset;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Some Misc #defines
|
|
#define SELECTION_DEBUG 0
|
|
#define FORCE_SELECTION_UPDATE 1
|
|
#define CALC_DEBUG 0
|
|
|
|
// This is faster than nsBidiPresUtils::IsFrameInParagraphDirection,
|
|
// because it uses the frame pointer passed in without drilling down to
|
|
// the leaf frame.
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsReversedDirectionFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
FrameBidiData bidiData = aFrame->GetBidiData();
|
|
return !IS_SAME_DIRECTION(bidiData.embeddingLevel, bidiData.baseLevel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#include "nsILineIterator.h"
|
|
|
|
//non Hack prototypes
|
|
#if 0
|
|
static void RefreshContentFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIContent * aStartContent, nsIContent * aEndContent);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "prenv.h"
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_DELETABLE(BoxMetricsProperty, nsBoxLayoutMetrics)
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
InitBoxMetrics(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aClear)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aClear) {
|
|
aFrame->DeleteProperty(BoxMetricsProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = new nsBoxLayoutMetrics();
|
|
aFrame->SetProperty(BoxMetricsProperty(), metrics);
|
|
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->nsFrame::MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent = 0;
|
|
metrics->mLastSize.SizeTo(0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsXULBoxWrapped(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return aFrame->GetParent() &&
|
|
aFrame->GetParent()->IsXULBoxFrame() &&
|
|
!aFrame->IsXULBoxFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Formerly the nsIFrameDebug interface
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
static bool gShowFrameBorders = false;
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::ShowFrameBorders(bool aEnable)
|
|
{
|
|
gShowFrameBorders = aEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool nsFrame::GetShowFrameBorders()
|
|
{
|
|
return gShowFrameBorders;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = false;
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::ShowEventTargetFrameBorder(bool aEnable)
|
|
{
|
|
gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = aEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool nsFrame::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder()
|
|
{
|
|
return gShowEventTargetFrameBorder;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Note: the log module is created during library initialization which
|
|
* means that you cannot perform logging before then.
|
|
*/
|
|
mozilla::LazyLogModule nsFrame::sFrameLogModule("frame");
|
|
|
|
static mozilla::LazyLogModule sStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo("styleverifytree");
|
|
|
|
static uint32_t gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = 0x55;
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::GetVerifyStyleTreeEnable()
|
|
{
|
|
if (gStyleVerifyTreeEnable == 0x55) {
|
|
gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = 0 != (int)((mozilla::LogModule*)sStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo)->Level();
|
|
}
|
|
return gStyleVerifyTreeEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetVerifyStyleTreeEnable(bool aEnabled)
|
|
{
|
|
gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = aEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_DELETABLE(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty,
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren() const {
|
|
return IsAbsoluteContainer() && GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->HasAbsoluteFrames();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetAbsoluteContainingBlock() const {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(IsAbsoluteContainer(), "The frame is not marked as an abspos container correctly");
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* absCB = GetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(absCB, "The frame is marked as an abspos container but doesn't have the property");
|
|
return absCB;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MarkAsAbsoluteContainingBlock()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_CAN_HAVE_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!GetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty()),
|
|
"Already has an abs-pos containing block property?");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN),
|
|
"Already has NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN state bit?");
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
|
|
SetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty(), new nsAbsoluteContainingBlock(GetAbsoluteListID()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MarkAsNotAbsoluteContainingBlock()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren(), "Think of the children!");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(GetProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty()),
|
|
"Should have an abs-pos containing block property");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN),
|
|
"Should have NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN state bit");
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CAN_HAVE_ABSPOS_CHILDREN));
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
|
|
DeleteProperty(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::CheckAndClearPaintedState()
|
|
{
|
|
bool result = (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PAINTED_THEBES);
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_PAINTED_THEBES);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
if (child->CheckAndClearPaintedState()) {
|
|
result = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleConsideringAncestors(uint32_t aFlags) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsIFrame* frame = this;
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
nsView* view = frame->GetView();
|
|
if (view && view->GetVisibility() == nsViewVisibility_kHide)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
|
|
nsDeckFrame* deck = do_QueryFrame(parent);
|
|
if (deck) {
|
|
if (deck->GetSelectedBox() != frame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
} else {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(frame);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if ((aFlags & nsIFrame::VISIBILITY_CROSS_CHROME_CONTENT_BOUNDARY) == 0 &&
|
|
parent->PresContext()->IsChrome() && !frame->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!parent->StyleVisibility()->IsVisible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::FindCloserFrameForSelection(
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame::FrameWithDistance* aCurrentBestFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::PointIsCloserToRect(aPoint, mRect,
|
|
aCurrentBestFrame->mXDistance,
|
|
aCurrentBestFrame->mYDistance)) {
|
|
aCurrentBestFrame->mFrame = this;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentStatesChanged(mozilla::EventStates aStates)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
NS_MergeReflowStatusInto(nsReflowStatus* aPrimary, nsReflowStatus aSecondary)
|
|
{
|
|
*aPrimary |= aSecondary &
|
|
(NS_FRAME_NOT_COMPLETE | NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_INCOMPLETE |
|
|
NS_FRAME_TRUNCATED | NS_FRAME_REFLOW_NEXTINFLOW);
|
|
if (*aPrimary & NS_FRAME_NOT_COMPLETE) {
|
|
*aPrimary &= ~NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_INCOMPLETE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsWeakFrame::Init(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
Clear(mFrame ? mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell() : nullptr);
|
|
mFrame = aFrame;
|
|
if (mFrame) {
|
|
nsIPresShell* shell = mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
|
|
NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(shell, "Null PresShell in nsWeakFrame!");
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
shell->AddWeakFrame(this);
|
|
} else {
|
|
mFrame = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
NS_NewEmptyFrame(nsIPresShell* aPresShell, nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return new (aPresShell) nsFrame(aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrame::nsFrame(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsFrame);
|
|
|
|
mState = NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY;
|
|
mStyleContext = aContext;
|
|
mStyleContext->AddRef();
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
mStyleContext->FrameAddRef();
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrame::~nsFrame()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsFrame);
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(GetVisibility() != Visibility::APPROXIMATELY_VISIBLE,
|
|
"Visible nsFrame is being destroyed");
|
|
|
|
NS_IF_RELEASE(mContent);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
mStyleContext->FrameRelease();
|
|
#endif
|
|
mStyleContext->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_FRAMEARENA_HELPERS(nsFrame)
|
|
|
|
// Dummy operator delete. Will never be called, but must be defined
|
|
// to satisfy some C++ ABIs.
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::operator delete(void *, size_t)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("nsFrame::operator delete should never be called");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_QUERYFRAME_HEAD(nsFrame)
|
|
NS_QUERYFRAME_ENTRY(nsIFrame)
|
|
NS_QUERYFRAME_TAIL_INHERITANCE_ROOT
|
|
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// nsIFrame
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsFontSizeInflationContainer(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Font size inflation is built around the idea that we're inflating
|
|
* the fonts for a pan-and-zoom UI so that when the user scales up a
|
|
* block or other container to fill the width of the device, the fonts
|
|
* will be readable. To do this, we need to pick what counts as a
|
|
* container.
|
|
*
|
|
* From a code perspective, the only hard requirement is that frames
|
|
* that are line participants
|
|
* (nsIFrame::IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant)) are never
|
|
* containers, since line layout assumes that the inflation is
|
|
* consistent within a line.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is not an imposition, since we obviously want a bunch of text
|
|
* (possibly with inline elements) flowing within a block to count the
|
|
* block (or higher) as its container.
|
|
*
|
|
* We also want form controls, including the text in the anonymous
|
|
* content inside of them, to match each other and the text next to
|
|
* them, so they and their anonymous content should also not be a
|
|
* container.
|
|
*
|
|
* However, because we can't reliably compute sizes across XUL during
|
|
* reflow, any XUL frame with a XUL parent is always a container.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are contexts where it would be nice if some blocks didn't
|
|
* count as a container, so that, for example, an indented quotation
|
|
* didn't end up with a smaller font size. However, it's hard to
|
|
* distinguish these situations where we really do want the indented
|
|
* thing to count as a container, so we don't try, and blocks are
|
|
* always containers.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// The root frame should always be an inflation container.
|
|
if (!aFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIContent *content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
bool isInline = (aFrame->GetDisplay() == StyleDisplay::Inline ||
|
|
RubyUtils::IsRubyBox(frameType) ||
|
|
(aFrame->IsFloating() &&
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::letterFrame) ||
|
|
// Given multiple frames for the same node, only the
|
|
// outer one should be considered a container.
|
|
// (Important, e.g., for nsSelectsAreaFrame.)
|
|
(aFrame->GetParent()->GetContent() == content) ||
|
|
(content && (content->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::option,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::optgroup,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::select) ||
|
|
content->IsInNativeAnonymousSubtree()))) &&
|
|
!(aFrame->IsXULBoxFrame() && aFrame->GetParent()->IsXULBoxFrame());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) ||
|
|
isInline ||
|
|
// br frames and mathml frames report being line
|
|
// participants even when their position or display is
|
|
// set
|
|
aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame ||
|
|
aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eMathML),
|
|
"line participants must not be containers");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::bulletFrame || isInline,
|
|
"bullets should not be containers");
|
|
return !isInline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::Init(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsContainerFrame* aParent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(!mContent, "Double-initing a frame?");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(IsFrameOfType(eDEBUGAllFrames) &&
|
|
!IsFrameOfType(eDEBUGNoFrames),
|
|
"IsFrameOfType implementation that doesn't call base class");
|
|
|
|
mContent = aContent;
|
|
mParent = aParent;
|
|
|
|
if (aContent) {
|
|
NS_ADDREF(aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aPrevInFlow) {
|
|
// Make sure the general flags bits are the same
|
|
nsFrameState state = aPrevInFlow->GetStateBits();
|
|
|
|
// Make bits that are currently off (see constructor) the same:
|
|
mState |= state & (NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
|
|
NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED |
|
|
NS_FRAME_MAY_HAVE_GENERATED_CONTENT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_CAN_HAVE_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
|
|
} else {
|
|
PresContext()->ConstructedFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetParent()) {
|
|
nsFrameState state = GetParent()->GetStateBits();
|
|
|
|
// Make bits that are currently off (see constructor) the same:
|
|
mState |= state & (NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
|
|
NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP |
|
|
NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY);
|
|
|
|
if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP) && TrackingVisibility()) {
|
|
// Assume all frames in popups are visible.
|
|
IncApproximateVisibleCount();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (disp->HasTransform(this) ||
|
|
(IsFrameOfType(eSupportsCSSTransforms) &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfProperty(this, eCSSProperty_transform))) {
|
|
// The frame gets reconstructed if we toggle the -moz-transform
|
|
// property, so we can set this bit here and then ignore it.
|
|
mState |= NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED;
|
|
}
|
|
if (disp->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_STICKY &&
|
|
!aPrevInFlow &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY)) {
|
|
// Note that we only add first continuations, but we really only
|
|
// want to add first continuation-or-ib-split-siblings. But since we
|
|
// don't yet know if we're a later part of a block-in-inline split,
|
|
// we'll just add later members of a block-in-inline split here, and
|
|
// then StickyScrollContainer will remove them later.
|
|
StickyScrollContainer* ssc =
|
|
StickyScrollContainer::GetStickyScrollContainerForFrame(this);
|
|
if (ssc) {
|
|
ssc->AddFrame(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(PresContext()) || !GetParent()
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// We have assertions that check inflation invariants even when
|
|
// font size inflation is not enabled.
|
|
|| true
|
|
#endif
|
|
) {
|
|
if (IsFontSizeInflationContainer(this, disp)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER);
|
|
if (!GetParent() ||
|
|
// I'd use NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW, but it's not set yet.
|
|
disp->IsFloating(this) || disp->IsAbsolutelyPositioned(this)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(GetParent() ||
|
|
(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER),
|
|
"root frame should always be a container");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (PresContext()->PresShell()->AssumeAllFramesVisible() &&
|
|
TrackingVisibility()) {
|
|
IncApproximateVisibleCount();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DidSetStyleContext(nullptr);
|
|
|
|
if (::IsXULBoxWrapped(this))
|
|
::InitBoxMetrics(this, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DestroyFrom(nsIFrame* aDestructRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!nsContentUtils::IsSafeToRunScript(),
|
|
"destroy called on frame while scripts not blocked");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!GetNextSibling() && !GetPrevSibling(),
|
|
"Frames should be removed before destruction.");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aDestructRoot, "Must specify destruct root");
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren());
|
|
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this);
|
|
|
|
if (StyleDisplay()->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_STICKY) {
|
|
StickyScrollContainer* ssc =
|
|
StickyScrollContainer::GetStickyScrollContainerForFrame(this);
|
|
if (ssc) {
|
|
ssc->RemoveFrame(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the view pointer now before the frame properties disappear
|
|
// when we call NotifyDestroyingFrame()
|
|
nsView* view = GetView();
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = presContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|
nsPlaceholderFrame* placeholder = GetPlaceholderFrame();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!placeholder || (aDestructRoot != this),
|
|
"Don't call Destroy() on OOFs, call Destroy() on the placeholder.");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!placeholder ||
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(aDestructRoot, placeholder),
|
|
"Placeholder relationship should have been torn down already; "
|
|
"this might mean we have a stray placeholder in the tree.");
|
|
if (placeholder) {
|
|
placeholder->SetOutOfFlowFrame(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have any IB split siblings, clear their references to us.
|
|
// (Note: This has to happen before we clear our Properties() table.)
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|
// Delete previous sibling's reference to me.
|
|
nsIFrame* prevSib = GetProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling());
|
|
if (prevSib) {
|
|
NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(
|
|
this == prevSib->GetProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling()),
|
|
"IB sibling chain is inconsistent");
|
|
prevSib->DeleteProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Delete next sibling's reference to me.
|
|
nsIFrame* nextSib = GetProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling());
|
|
if (nextSib) {
|
|
NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(
|
|
this == nextSib->GetProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling()),
|
|
"IB sibling chain is inconsistent");
|
|
nextSib->DeleteProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isPrimaryFrame = (mContent && mContent->GetPrimaryFrame() == this);
|
|
if (isPrimaryFrame) {
|
|
// This needs to happen before we clear our Properties() table.
|
|
ActiveLayerTracker::TransferActivityToContent(this, mContent);
|
|
|
|
// Unfortunately, we need to do this for all frames being reframed
|
|
// and not only those whose current style involves CSS transitions,
|
|
// because what matters is whether the new style (not the old)
|
|
// specifies CSS transitions.
|
|
if (presContext->RestyleManager()->IsGecko()) {
|
|
// stylo: ServoRestyleManager does not handle transitions yet, and when
|
|
// it does it probably won't need to track reframed style contexts to
|
|
// initiate transitions correctly.
|
|
RestyleManager::ReframingStyleContexts* rsc =
|
|
presContext->RestyleManager()->AsGecko()->GetReframingStyleContexts();
|
|
if (rsc) {
|
|
rsc->Put(mContent, mStyleContext);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasCSSAnimations() || HasCSSTransitions() ||
|
|
EffectSet::GetEffectSet(this)) {
|
|
// If no new frame for this element is created by the end of the
|
|
// restyling process, stop animations and transitions for this frame
|
|
if (presContext->RestyleManager()->IsGecko()) {
|
|
RestyleManager::AnimationsWithDestroyedFrame* adf =
|
|
presContext->RestyleManager()->AsGecko()->GetAnimationsWithDestroyedFrame();
|
|
// AnimationsWithDestroyedFrame only lives during the restyling process.
|
|
if (adf) {
|
|
adf->Put(mContent, mStyleContext);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ERROR("stylo: ServoRestyleManager does not support animations yet");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Disable visibility tracking. Note that we have to do this before we clear
|
|
// frame properties and lose track of whether we were previously visible.
|
|
// XXX(seth): It'd be ideal to assert that we're already marked nonvisible
|
|
// here, but it's unfortunately tricky to guarantee in the face of things like
|
|
// frame reconstruction induced by style changes.
|
|
DisableVisibilityTracking();
|
|
|
|
// Ensure that we're not in the approximately visible list anymore.
|
|
PresContext()->GetPresShell()->RemoveFrameFromApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
|
|
|
|
shell->NotifyDestroyingFrame(this);
|
|
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE) {
|
|
shell->ClearFrameRefs(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
// Break association between view and frame
|
|
view->SetFrame(nullptr);
|
|
|
|
// Destroy the view
|
|
view->Destroy();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Make sure that our deleted frame can't be returned from GetPrimaryFrame()
|
|
if (isPrimaryFrame) {
|
|
mContent->SetPrimaryFrame(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Delete all properties attached to the frame, to ensure any property
|
|
// destructors that need the frame pointer are handled properly.
|
|
DeleteAllProperties();
|
|
|
|
// Must retrieve the object ID before calling destructors, so the
|
|
// vtable is still valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note to future tweakers: having the method that returns the
|
|
// object size call the destructor will not avoid an indirect call;
|
|
// the compiler cannot devirtualize the call to the destructor even
|
|
// if it's from a method defined in the same class.
|
|
|
|
nsQueryFrame::FrameIID id = GetFrameId();
|
|
this->~nsFrame();
|
|
|
|
// Now that we're totally cleaned out, we need to add ourselves to
|
|
// the presshell's recycler.
|
|
shell->FreeFrame(id, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetOffsets(int32_t &aStart, int32_t &aEnd) const
|
|
{
|
|
aStart = 0;
|
|
aEnd = 0;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
void
|
|
AddAndRemoveImageAssociations(nsFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsStyleImageLayers* aOldLayers,
|
|
const nsStyleImageLayers* aNewLayers)
|
|
{
|
|
ImageLoader* imageLoader =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
|
|
|
|
// If the old context had a background-image image, or mask-image image,
|
|
// and new context does not have the same image, clear the image load
|
|
// notifier (which keeps the image loading, if it still is) for the frame.
|
|
// We want to do this conservatively because some frames paint their
|
|
// backgrounds from some other frame's style data, and we don't want
|
|
// to clear those notifiers unless we have to. (They'll be reset
|
|
// when we paint, although we could miss a notification in that
|
|
// interval.)
|
|
|
|
if (aOldLayers) {
|
|
NS_FOR_VISIBLE_IMAGE_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT(i, (*aOldLayers)) {
|
|
// If there is an image in oldBG that's not in newBG, drop it.
|
|
if (i >= aNewLayers->mImageCount ||
|
|
!aOldLayers->mLayers[i].mImage.ImageDataEquals(
|
|
aNewLayers->mLayers[i].mImage)) {
|
|
const nsStyleImage& oldImage = aOldLayers->mLayers[i].mImage;
|
|
if (oldImage.GetType() != eStyleImageType_Image) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (imgRequestProxy* req = oldImage.GetImageData()) {
|
|
imageLoader->DisassociateRequestFromFrame(req, aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_VISIBLE_IMAGE_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT(i, (*aNewLayers)) {
|
|
// If there is an image in newBG that's not in oldBG, add it.
|
|
if (!aOldLayers || i >= aOldLayers->mImageCount ||
|
|
!aNewLayers->mLayers[i].mImage.ImageDataEquals(
|
|
aOldLayers->mLayers[i].mImage)) {
|
|
const nsStyleImage& newImage = aNewLayers->mLayers[i].mImage;
|
|
if (newImage.GetType() != eStyleImageType_Image) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (imgRequestProxy* req = newImage.GetImageData()) {
|
|
imageLoader->AssociateRequestToFrame(req, aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Subclass hook for style post processing
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::DidSetStyleContext(nsStyleContext* aOldStyleContext)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsSVGText()) {
|
|
SVGTextFrame* svgTextFrame = static_cast<SVGTextFrame*>(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(this, nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame));
|
|
nsIFrame* anonBlock = svgTextFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
// Just as in SVGTextFrame::DidSetStyleContext, we need to ensure that
|
|
// any non-display SVGTextFrames get reflowed when a child text frame
|
|
// gets new style.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that we must check NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW on our SVGTextFrame's
|
|
// anonymous block frame rather than our self, since NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW
|
|
// may be set on us if we're a new frame that has been inserted after the
|
|
// document's first reflow. (In which case this DidSetStyleContext call may
|
|
// be happening under frame construction under a Reflow() call.)
|
|
if (anonBlock && !(anonBlock->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
(svgTextFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY) &&
|
|
!(svgTextFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_STATE_SVG_TEXT_IN_REFLOW)) {
|
|
svgTextFrame->ScheduleReflowSVGNonDisplayText(nsIPresShell::eStyleChange);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleImageLayers *oldLayers = aOldStyleContext ?
|
|
&aOldStyleContext->StyleBackground()->mImage :
|
|
nullptr;
|
|
const nsStyleImageLayers *newLayers = &StyleBackground()->mImage;
|
|
AddAndRemoveImageAssociations(this, oldLayers, newLayers);
|
|
|
|
oldLayers = aOldStyleContext ? &aOldStyleContext->StyleSVGReset()->mMask :
|
|
nullptr;
|
|
newLayers = &StyleSVGReset()->mMask;
|
|
AddAndRemoveImageAssociations(this, oldLayers, newLayers);
|
|
|
|
if (aOldStyleContext) {
|
|
// If we detect a change on margin, padding or border, we store the old
|
|
// values on the frame itself between now and reflow, so if someone
|
|
// calls GetUsed(Margin|Border|Padding)() before the next reflow, we
|
|
// can give an accurate answer.
|
|
// We don't want to set the property if one already exists.
|
|
nsMargin oldValue(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
nsMargin newValue(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
const nsStyleMargin* oldMargin = aOldStyleContext->PeekStyleMargin();
|
|
if (oldMargin && oldMargin->GetMargin(oldValue)) {
|
|
if ((!StyleMargin()->GetMargin(newValue) || oldValue != newValue) &&
|
|
!GetProperty(UsedMarginProperty())) {
|
|
SetProperty(UsedMarginProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePadding* oldPadding = aOldStyleContext->PeekStylePadding();
|
|
if (oldPadding && oldPadding->GetPadding(oldValue)) {
|
|
if ((!StylePadding()->GetPadding(newValue) || oldValue != newValue) &&
|
|
!GetProperty(UsedPaddingProperty())) {
|
|
SetProperty(UsedPaddingProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* oldBorder = aOldStyleContext->PeekStyleBorder();
|
|
if (oldBorder) {
|
|
oldValue = oldBorder->GetComputedBorder();
|
|
newValue = StyleBorder()->GetComputedBorder();
|
|
if (oldValue != newValue &&
|
|
!GetProperty(UsedBorderProperty())) {
|
|
SetProperty(UsedBorderProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImageLoader* imageLoader = PresContext()->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
|
|
imgIRequest *oldBorderImage = aOldStyleContext
|
|
? aOldStyleContext->StyleBorder()->GetBorderImageRequest()
|
|
: nullptr;
|
|
imgIRequest *newBorderImage = StyleBorder()->GetBorderImageRequest();
|
|
// FIXME (Bug 759996): The following is no longer true.
|
|
// For border-images, we can't be as conservative (we need to set the
|
|
// new loaders if there has been any change) since the CalcDifference
|
|
// call depended on the result of GetComputedBorder() and that result
|
|
// depends on whether the image has loaded, start the image load now
|
|
// so that we'll get notified when it completes loading and can do a
|
|
// restyle. Otherwise, the image might finish loading from the
|
|
// network before we start listening to its notifications, and then
|
|
// we'll never know that it's finished loading. Likewise, we want to
|
|
// do this for freshly-created frames to prevent a similar race if the
|
|
// image loads between reflow (which can depend on whether the image
|
|
// is loaded) and paint. We also don't really care about any callers
|
|
// who try to paint borders with a different style context, because
|
|
// they won't have the correct size for the border either.
|
|
if (oldBorderImage != newBorderImage) {
|
|
// stop and restart the image loading/notification
|
|
if (oldBorderImage) {
|
|
imageLoader->DisassociateRequestFromFrame(oldBorderImage, this);
|
|
}
|
|
if (newBorderImage) {
|
|
imageLoader->AssociateRequestToFrame(newBorderImage, this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the page contains markup that overrides text direction, and
|
|
// does not contain any characters that would activate the Unicode
|
|
// bidi algorithm, we need to call |SetBidiEnabled| on the pres
|
|
// context before reflow starts. See bug 115921.
|
|
if (StyleVisibility()->mDirection == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL) {
|
|
PresContext()->SetBidiEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_SIMPLE_EVENT_REGIONS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MSVC fails with link error "one or more multiply defined symbols found",
|
|
// gcc fails with "hidden symbol `nsIFrame::kPrincipalList' isn't defined"
|
|
// etc if they are not defined.
|
|
#ifndef _MSC_VER
|
|
// static nsIFrame constants; initialized in the header file.
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kBulletList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kCaptionList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kColGroupList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kFixedList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kFloatList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowContainersList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPushedFloatsList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kNoReflowPrincipalList;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsMargin
|
|
nsIFrame::GetUsedMargin() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin margin(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
if (((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW)) ||
|
|
IsSVGText())
|
|
return margin;
|
|
|
|
nsMargin *m = GetProperty(UsedMarginProperty());
|
|
if (m) {
|
|
margin = *m;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!StyleMargin()->GetMargin(margin)) {
|
|
// If we get here, our caller probably shouldn't be calling us...
|
|
NS_ERROR("Returning bogus 0-sized margin, because this margin "
|
|
"depends on layout & isn't cached!");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return margin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsMargin
|
|
nsIFrame::GetUsedBorder() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin border(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
if (((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW)) ||
|
|
IsSVGText())
|
|
return border;
|
|
|
|
// Theme methods don't use const-ness.
|
|
nsIFrame *mutable_this = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (mutable_this->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsIntMargin result;
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetBorder(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
mutable_this, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&result);
|
|
border.left = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.left);
|
|
border.top = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.top);
|
|
border.right = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.right);
|
|
border.bottom = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.bottom);
|
|
return border;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsMargin *b = GetProperty(UsedBorderProperty());
|
|
if (b) {
|
|
border = *b;
|
|
} else {
|
|
border = StyleBorder()->GetComputedBorder();
|
|
}
|
|
return border;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsMargin
|
|
nsIFrame::GetUsedPadding() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin padding(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
if (((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW)) ||
|
|
IsSVGText())
|
|
return padding;
|
|
|
|
// Theme methods don't use const-ness.
|
|
nsIFrame *mutable_this = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (mutable_this->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIntMargin widget;
|
|
if (presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetPadding(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
mutable_this,
|
|
disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&widget)) {
|
|
padding.top = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.top);
|
|
padding.right = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.right);
|
|
padding.bottom = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.bottom);
|
|
padding.left = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.left);
|
|
return padding;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsMargin *p = GetProperty(UsedPaddingProperty());
|
|
if (p) {
|
|
padding = *p;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!StylePadding()->GetPadding(padding)) {
|
|
// If we get here, our caller probably shouldn't be calling us...
|
|
NS_ERROR("Returning bogus 0-sized padding, because this padding "
|
|
"depends on layout & isn't cached!");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return padding;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::Sides
|
|
nsIFrame::GetSkipSides(const ReflowInput* aReflowInput) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(StyleBorder()->mBoxDecorationBreak ==
|
|
StyleBoxDecorationBreak::Clone) &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER)) {
|
|
return Sides();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Convert the logical skip sides to physical sides using the frame's
|
|
// writing mode
|
|
WritingMode writingMode = GetWritingMode();
|
|
LogicalSides logicalSkip = GetLogicalSkipSides(aReflowInput);
|
|
Sides skip;
|
|
|
|
if (logicalSkip.BStart()) {
|
|
if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
|
|
skip |= writingMode.IsVerticalLR() ? eSideBitsLeft : eSideBitsRight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
skip |= eSideBitsTop;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (logicalSkip.BEnd()) {
|
|
if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
|
|
skip |= writingMode.IsVerticalLR() ? eSideBitsRight : eSideBitsLeft;
|
|
} else {
|
|
skip |= eSideBitsBottom;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (logicalSkip.IStart()) {
|
|
if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
|
|
skip |= eSideBitsTop;
|
|
} else {
|
|
skip |= writingMode.IsBidiLTR() ? eSideBitsLeft : eSideBitsRight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (logicalSkip.IEnd()) {
|
|
if (writingMode.IsVertical()) {
|
|
skip |= eSideBitsBottom;
|
|
} else {
|
|
skip |= writingMode.IsBidiLTR() ? eSideBitsRight : eSideBitsLeft;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return skip;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin border(GetUsedBorder());
|
|
border.ApplySkipSides(GetSkipSides());
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
r.Deflate(border);
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPaddingRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
WritingMode
|
|
nsIFrame::GetWritingMode(nsIFrame* aSubFrame) const
|
|
{
|
|
WritingMode writingMode = GetWritingMode();
|
|
|
|
if (StyleTextReset()->mUnicodeBidi & NS_STYLE_UNICODE_BIDI_PLAINTEXT) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel frameLevel = nsBidiPresUtils::GetFrameBaseLevel(aSubFrame);
|
|
writingMode.SetDirectionFromBidiLevel(frameLevel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return writingMode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetMarginRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin m = GetUsedMargin();
|
|
m.ApplySkipSides(GetSkipSides());
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
r.Inflate(m);
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsTransformed() const
|
|
{
|
|
return ((mState & NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED) &&
|
|
(StyleDisplay()->HasTransform(this) ||
|
|
IsSVGTransformed() ||
|
|
(mContent &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfProperty(this,
|
|
eCSSProperty_transform) &&
|
|
IsFrameOfType(eSupportsCSSTransforms) &&
|
|
mContent->GetPrimaryFrame() == this)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasOpacityInternal(float aThreshold) const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(0.0 <= aThreshold && aThreshold <= 1.0, "Invalid argument");
|
|
return StyleEffects()->mOpacity < aThreshold ||
|
|
(StyleDisplay()->mWillChangeBitField & NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_OPACITY) ||
|
|
(mContent &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfProperty(this, eCSSProperty_opacity) &&
|
|
mContent->GetPrimaryFrame() == this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsSVGTransformed(gfx::Matrix *aOwnTransforms,
|
|
gfx::Matrix *aFromParentTransforms) const
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::Extend3DContext() const
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (disp->mTransformStyle != NS_STYLE_TRANSFORM_STYLE_PRESERVE_3D ||
|
|
!IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eSupportsCSSTransforms)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we're all scroll frame, then all descendants will be clipped, so we can't preserve 3d.
|
|
if (GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasOpacity()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleEffects* effects = StyleEffects();
|
|
return !nsFrame::ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(this, disp) &&
|
|
!GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, GetSize()) &&
|
|
!nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::Combines3DTransformWithAncestors() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetParent() || !GetParent()->Extend3DContext()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return IsTransformed() || BackfaceIsHidden();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::In3DContextAndBackfaceIsHidden() const
|
|
{
|
|
return Combines3DTransformWithAncestors() && BackfaceIsHidden();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasPerspective() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsTransformed()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* containingBlock = GetContainingBlock(SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME);
|
|
if (!containingBlock) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return containingBlock->ChildrenHavePerspective();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildrenHavePerspective() const
|
|
{
|
|
return StyleDisplay()->HasPerspectiveStyle();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin bp(GetUsedBorderAndPadding());
|
|
bp.ApplySkipSides(GetSkipSides());
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
r.Deflate(bp);
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContentRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeBorderRadii(const nsStyleCorners& aBorderRadius,
|
|
const nsSize& aFrameSize,
|
|
const nsSize& aBorderArea,
|
|
Sides aSkipSides,
|
|
nscoord aRadii[8])
|
|
{
|
|
// Percentages are relative to whichever side they're on.
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(i) {
|
|
const nsStyleCoord c = aBorderRadius.Get(i);
|
|
nscoord axis =
|
|
NS_HALF_CORNER_IS_X(i) ? aFrameSize.width : aFrameSize.height;
|
|
|
|
if (c.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
aRadii[i] = nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(c, axis);
|
|
if (aRadii[i] < 0) {
|
|
// clamp calc()
|
|
aRadii[i] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("ComputeBorderRadii: bad unit");
|
|
aRadii[i] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides.Top()) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides.Right()) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides.Bottom()) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides.Left()) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// css3-background specifies this algorithm for reducing
|
|
// corner radii when they are too big.
|
|
bool haveRadius = false;
|
|
double ratio = 1.0f;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
uint32_t hc1 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, false, true);
|
|
uint32_t hc2 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, true, true);
|
|
nscoord length =
|
|
NS_SIDE_IS_VERTICAL(side) ? aBorderArea.height : aBorderArea.width;
|
|
nscoord sum = aRadii[hc1] + aRadii[hc2];
|
|
if (sum)
|
|
haveRadius = true;
|
|
|
|
// avoid floating point division in the normal case
|
|
if (length < sum)
|
|
ratio = std::min(ratio, double(length)/sum);
|
|
}
|
|
if (ratio < 1.0) {
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
aRadii[corner] *= ratio;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return haveRadius;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsIFrame::InsetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], const nsMargin &aOffsets)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nscoord offset = aOffsets.Side(side);
|
|
uint32_t hc1 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, false, false);
|
|
uint32_t hc2 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, true, false);
|
|
aRadii[hc1] = std::max(0, aRadii[hc1] - offset);
|
|
aRadii[hc2] = std::max(0, aRadii[hc2] - offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsIFrame::OutsetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], const nsMargin &aOffsets)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nscoord offset = aOffsets.Side(side);
|
|
uint32_t hc1 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, false, false);
|
|
uint32_t hc2 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, true, false);
|
|
if (aRadii[hc1] > 0)
|
|
aRadii[hc1] += offset;
|
|
if (aRadii[hc2] > 0)
|
|
aRadii[hc2] += offset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetBorderRadii(const nsSize& aFrameSize, const nsSize& aBorderArea,
|
|
Sides aSkipSides, nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsThemed()) {
|
|
// When we're themed, the native theme code draws the border and
|
|
// background, and therefore it doesn't make sense to tell other
|
|
// code that's interested in border-radius that we have any radii.
|
|
//
|
|
// In an ideal world, we might have a way for the them to tell us an
|
|
// border radius, but since we don't, we're better off assuming
|
|
// zero.
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
aRadii[corner] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return ComputeBorderRadii(StyleBorder()->mBorderRadius,
|
|
aFrameSize, aBorderArea,
|
|
aSkipSides, aRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize sz = GetSize();
|
|
return GetBorderRadii(sz, sz, GetSkipSides(), aRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetBorderRadii(aRadii))
|
|
return false;
|
|
InsetBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedBorder());
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (aRadii[corner])
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContentBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetBorderRadii(aRadii))
|
|
return false;
|
|
InsetBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedBorderAndPadding());
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (aRadii[corner])
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext*
|
|
nsFrame::GetAdditionalStyleContext(int32_t aIndex) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetAdditionalStyleContext(int32_t aIndex,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetLogicalBaseline(WritingMode aWritingMode) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(this),
|
|
"frame must not be dirty");
|
|
// Baseline for inverted line content is the top (block-start) margin edge,
|
|
// as the frame is in effect "flipped" for alignment purposes.
|
|
if (aWritingMode.IsLineInverted()) {
|
|
return -GetLogicalUsedMargin(aWritingMode).BStart(aWritingMode);
|
|
}
|
|
// Otherwise, the bottom margin edge, per CSS2.1's definition of the
|
|
// 'baseline' value of 'vertical-align'.
|
|
return BSize(aWritingMode) +
|
|
GetLogicalUsedMargin(aWritingMode).BEnd(aWritingMode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsFrameList&
|
|
nsFrame::GetChildList(ChildListID aListID) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer() &&
|
|
aListID == GetAbsoluteListID()) {
|
|
return GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList();
|
|
} else {
|
|
return nsFrameList::EmptyList();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetChildLists(nsTArray<ChildList>* aLists) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
|
|
nsFrameList absoluteList = GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList();
|
|
absoluteList.AppendIfNonempty(aLists, GetAbsoluteListID());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::GetCrossDocChildLists(nsTArray<ChildList>* aLists)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSubDocumentFrame* subdocumentFrame = do_QueryFrame(this);
|
|
if (subdocumentFrame) {
|
|
// Descend into the subdocument
|
|
nsIFrame* root = subdocumentFrame->GetSubdocumentRootFrame();
|
|
if (root) {
|
|
aLists->AppendElement(nsIFrame::ChildList(
|
|
nsFrameList(root, nsLayoutUtils::GetLastSibling(root)),
|
|
nsIFrame::kPrincipalList));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetChildLists(aLists);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Visibility
|
|
nsIFrame::GetVisibility() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED)) {
|
|
return Visibility::UNTRACKED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isSet = false;
|
|
uint32_t visibleCount = GetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(isSet, "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
|
|
"if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
|
|
|
|
return visibleCount > 0
|
|
? Visibility::APPROXIMATELY_VISIBLE
|
|
: Visibility::APPROXIMATELY_NONVISIBLE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::UpdateVisibilitySynchronously()
|
|
{
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (presShell->AssumeAllFramesVisible()) {
|
|
presShell->EnsureFrameInApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool visible = true;
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetParent();
|
|
nsRect rect = GetRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
nsIFrame* rectFrame = this;
|
|
while (f) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (sf) {
|
|
nsRect transformedRect =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(rectFrame, rect, f);
|
|
if (!sf->IsRectNearlyVisible(transformedRect)) {
|
|
visible = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// In this code we're trying to synchronously update *approximate*
|
|
// visibility. (In the future we may update precise visibility here as
|
|
// well, which is why the method name does not contain 'approximate'.) The
|
|
// IsRectNearlyVisible() check above tells us that the rect we're checking
|
|
// is approximately visible within the scrollframe, but we still need to
|
|
// ensure that, even if it was scrolled into view, it'd be visible when we
|
|
// consider the rest of the document. To do that, we move transformedRect
|
|
// to be contained in the scrollport as best we can (it might not fit) to
|
|
// pretend that it was scrolled into view.
|
|
rect = transformedRect.MoveInsideAndClamp(sf->GetScrollPortRect());
|
|
rectFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (parent && parent->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (visible) {
|
|
presShell->EnsureFrameInApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
|
|
} else {
|
|
presShell->RemoveFrameFromApproximatelyVisibleList(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::EnableVisibilityTracking()
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED) {
|
|
return; // Nothing to do.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!HasProperty(VisibilityStateProperty()),
|
|
"Shouldn't have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
|
|
"if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is not set");
|
|
|
|
// Add the state bit so we know to track visibility for this frame, and
|
|
// initialize the frame property.
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED);
|
|
SetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), 0);
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Schedule a visibility update. This method will virtually always be called
|
|
// when layout has changed anyway, so it's very unlikely that any additional
|
|
// visibility updates will be triggered by this, but this way we guarantee
|
|
// that if this frame is currently visible we'll eventually find out.
|
|
presShell->ScheduleApproximateFrameVisibilityUpdateSoon();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::DisableVisibilityTracking()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED)) {
|
|
return; // Nothing to do.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isSet = false;
|
|
uint32_t visibleCount = RemoveProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(isSet, "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
|
|
"if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
|
|
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED);
|
|
|
|
if (visibleCount == 0) {
|
|
return; // We were nonvisible.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We were visible, so send an OnVisibilityChange() notification.
|
|
OnVisibilityChange(Visibility::APPROXIMATELY_NONVISIBLE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::DecApproximateVisibleCount(Maybe<OnNonvisible> aNonvisibleAction
|
|
/* = Nothing() */)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED);
|
|
|
|
bool isSet = false;
|
|
uint32_t visibleCount = GetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(isSet, "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
|
|
"if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(visibleCount > 0, "Frame is already nonvisible and we're "
|
|
"decrementing its visible count?");
|
|
|
|
visibleCount--;
|
|
SetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), visibleCount);
|
|
if (visibleCount > 0) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We just became nonvisible, so send an OnVisibilityChange() notification.
|
|
OnVisibilityChange(Visibility::APPROXIMATELY_NONVISIBLE, aNonvisibleAction);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::IncApproximateVisibleCount()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED);
|
|
|
|
bool isSet = false;
|
|
uint32_t visibleCount = GetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), &isSet);
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(isSet, "Should have a VisibilityStateProperty value "
|
|
"if NS_FRAME_VISIBILITY_IS_TRACKED is set");
|
|
|
|
visibleCount++;
|
|
SetProperty(VisibilityStateProperty(), visibleCount);
|
|
if (visibleCount > 1) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We just became visible, so send an OnVisibilityChange() notification.
|
|
OnVisibilityChange(Visibility::APPROXIMATELY_VISIBLE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::OnVisibilityChange(Visibility aNewVisibility,
|
|
Maybe<OnNonvisible> aNonvisibleAction
|
|
/* = Nothing() */)
|
|
{
|
|
// XXX(seth): In bug 1218990 we'll implement visibility tracking for CSS
|
|
// images here.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetActiveSelectionFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* capturingContent = nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent();
|
|
if (capturingContent) {
|
|
nsIFrame* activeFrame = aPresContext->GetPrimaryFrameFor(capturingContent);
|
|
return activeFrame ? activeFrame : aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int16_t
|
|
nsFrame::DisplaySelection(nsPresContext* aPresContext, bool isOkToTurnOn)
|
|
{
|
|
int16_t selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
|
|
nsresult result = GetSelectionController(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selCon));
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon) {
|
|
result = selCon->GetDisplaySelection(&selType);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && (selType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
|
|
// Check whether style allows selection.
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (!selectable) {
|
|
selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
|
|
isOkToTurnOn = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (isOkToTurnOn && (selType == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
|
|
selCon->SetDisplaySelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON);
|
|
selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return selType;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
class nsDisplaySelectionOverlay : public nsDisplayItem {
|
|
public:
|
|
nsDisplaySelectionOverlay(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsFrame* aFrame, int16_t aSelectionValue)
|
|
: nsDisplayItem(aBuilder, aFrame), mSelectionValue(aSelectionValue) {
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsDisplaySelectionOverlay);
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef NS_BUILD_REFCNT_LOGGING
|
|
virtual ~nsDisplaySelectionOverlay() {
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsDisplaySelectionOverlay);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
virtual void Paint(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aCtx) override;
|
|
NS_DISPLAY_DECL_NAME("SelectionOverlay", TYPE_SELECTION_OVERLAY)
|
|
private:
|
|
int16_t mSelectionValue;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void nsDisplaySelectionOverlay::Paint(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aCtx)
|
|
{
|
|
DrawTarget& aDrawTarget = *aCtx->GetDrawTarget();
|
|
|
|
LookAndFeel::ColorID colorID;
|
|
if (mSelectionValue == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON) {
|
|
colorID = LookAndFeel::eColorID_TextSelectBackground;
|
|
} else if (mSelectionValue == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ATTENTION) {
|
|
colorID = LookAndFeel::eColorID_TextSelectBackgroundAttention;
|
|
} else {
|
|
colorID = LookAndFeel::eColorID_TextSelectBackgroundDisabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Color c = Color::FromABGR(LookAndFeel::GetColor(colorID, NS_RGB(255, 255, 255)));
|
|
c.a = .5;
|
|
ColorPattern color(ToDeviceColor(c));
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect pxRect =
|
|
mVisibleRect.ToOutsidePixels(mFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
Rect rect(pxRect.x, pxRect.y, pxRect.width, pxRect.height);
|
|
MaybeSnapToDevicePixels(rect, aDrawTarget, true);
|
|
|
|
aDrawTarget.FillRect(rect, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/********************************************************
|
|
* Refreshes each content's frame
|
|
*********************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplaySelectionOverlay(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aList,
|
|
uint16_t aContentType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsSelected() || !IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
if (!shell)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int16_t displaySelection = shell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
if (!(displaySelection & aContentType))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
const nsFrameSelection* frameSelection = GetConstFrameSelection();
|
|
int16_t selectionValue = frameSelection->GetDisplaySelection();
|
|
|
|
if (selectionValue <= nsISelectionController::SELECTION_HIDDEN)
|
|
return; // selection is hidden or off
|
|
|
|
nsIContent *newContent = mContent->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
//check to see if we are anonymous content
|
|
int32_t offset = 0;
|
|
if (newContent) {
|
|
// XXXbz there has GOT to be a better way of determining this!
|
|
offset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *details;
|
|
//look up to see what selection(s) are on this frame
|
|
details = frameSelection->LookUpSelection(newContent, offset, 1, false);
|
|
if (!details)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
bool normal = false;
|
|
while (details) {
|
|
if (details->mSelectionType == SelectionType::eNormal) {
|
|
normal = true;
|
|
}
|
|
SelectionDetails *next = details->mNext;
|
|
delete details;
|
|
details = next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!normal && aContentType == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_IMAGES) {
|
|
// Don't overlay an image if it's not in the primary selection.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aList->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplaySelectionOverlay(aBuilder, this, selectionValue));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayOutlineUnconditional(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
|
|
{
|
|
// Per https://drafts.csswg.org/css-tables-3/#global-style-overrides:
|
|
// "All css properties of table-column and table-column-group boxes are
|
|
// ignored, except when explicitly specified by this specification."
|
|
// CSS outlines fall into this category, so we skip them on these boxes.
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(GetType() != nsGkAtoms::tableColGroupFrame && GetType() != nsGkAtoms::tableColFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (StyleOutline()->mOutlineStyle == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayOutline(aBuilder, this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayOutline(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
DisplayOutlineUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::DisplayCaret(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aList)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
aList->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder) nsDisplayCaret(aBuilder, this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscolor
|
|
nsIFrame::GetCaretColorAt(int32_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetColor(this, eCSSProperty_caret_color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayBackgroundUnconditional(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
|
|
bool aForceBackground)
|
|
{
|
|
// Here we don't try to detect background propagation. Frames that might
|
|
// receive a propagated background should just set aForceBackground to
|
|
// true.
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsForEventDelivery() || aForceBackground ||
|
|
!StyleBackground()->IsTransparent() || StyleDisplay()->mAppearance) {
|
|
return nsDisplayBackgroundImage::AppendBackgroundItemsToTop(
|
|
aBuilder, this,
|
|
GetRectRelativeToSelf() + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this),
|
|
aLists.BorderBackground());
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayBorderBackgroundOutline(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
|
|
bool aForceBackground)
|
|
{
|
|
// The visibility check belongs here since child elements have the
|
|
// opportunity to override the visibility property and display even if
|
|
// their parent is hidden.
|
|
if (!IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* shadows = StyleEffects()->mBoxShadow;
|
|
if (shadows && shadows->HasShadowWithInset(false)) {
|
|
aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayBoxShadowOuter(aBuilder, this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool bgIsThemed = DisplayBackgroundUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists,
|
|
aForceBackground);
|
|
|
|
if (shadows && shadows->HasShadowWithInset(true)) {
|
|
aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayBoxShadowInner(aBuilder, this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there's a themed background, we should not create a border item.
|
|
// It won't be rendered.
|
|
// Don't paint borders for tables here, since they paint them in a different
|
|
// order.
|
|
if (!bgIsThemed && StyleBorder()->HasBorder() && GetType() != nsGkAtoms::tableFrame) {
|
|
aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayBorder(aBuilder, this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DisplayOutlineUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline static bool IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// The CSS spec says that the 'clip' property only applies to absolutely
|
|
// positioned elements, whereas the SVG spec says that it applies to SVG
|
|
// elements regardless of the value of the 'position' property. Here we obey
|
|
// the CSS spec for outer-<svg> (since that's what we generally do), but
|
|
// obey the SVG spec for other SVG elements to which 'clip' applies.
|
|
return (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) &&
|
|
aFrame->GetContent()->IsAnyOfSVGElements(nsGkAtoms::svg,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::foreignObject);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Maybe<nsRect>
|
|
nsIFrame::GetClipPropClipRect(const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp,
|
|
const nsStyleEffects* aEffects,
|
|
const nsSize& aSize) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(aEffects->mClipFlags & NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT) ||
|
|
!(aDisp->IsAbsolutelyPositioned(this) || IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(this))) {
|
|
return Nothing();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect = aEffects->mClip;
|
|
if (MOZ_LIKELY(StyleBorder()->mBoxDecorationBreak ==
|
|
StyleBoxDecorationBreak::Slice)) {
|
|
// The clip applies to the joined boxes so it's relative the first
|
|
// continuation.
|
|
nscoord y = 0;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = GetPrevContinuation(); f; f = f->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
y += f->GetRect().height;
|
|
}
|
|
rect.MoveBy(nsPoint(0, -y));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLIP_RIGHT_AUTO & aEffects->mClipFlags) {
|
|
rect.width = aSize.width - rect.x;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLIP_BOTTOM_AUTO & aEffects->mClipFlags) {
|
|
rect.height = aSize.height - rect.y;
|
|
}
|
|
return Some(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* If the CSS 'overflow' property applies to this frame, and is not
|
|
* handled by constructing a dedicated nsHTML/XULScrollFrame, set up clipping
|
|
* for that overflow in aBuilder->ClipState() to clip all containing-block
|
|
* descendants.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ApplyOverflowClipping(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp,
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoClipMultiple& aClipState)
|
|
{
|
|
// Only -moz-hidden-unscrollable is handled here (and 'hidden' for table
|
|
// frames, and any non-visible value for blocks in a paginated context).
|
|
// We allow -moz-hidden-unscrollable to apply to any kind of frame. This
|
|
// is required by comboboxes which make their display text (an inline frame)
|
|
// have clipping.
|
|
if (!nsFrame::ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(aFrame, aDisp)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
nsRect clipRect;
|
|
bool haveRadii = false;
|
|
nscoord radii[8];
|
|
if (aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mOverflowClipBox ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP_BOX_PADDING_BOX) {
|
|
clipRect = aFrame->GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() +
|
|
aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(aFrame);
|
|
haveRadii = aFrame->GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(radii);
|
|
} else {
|
|
clipRect = aFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() +
|
|
aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(aFrame);
|
|
// XXX border-radius
|
|
}
|
|
aClipState.ClipContainingBlockDescendantsExtra(clipRect, haveRadii ? radii : nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
static void PaintDebugBorder(nsIFrame* aFrame, DrawTarget* aDrawTarget,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsPoint aPt)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect r(aPt, aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
Color blueOrRed(aFrame->HasView() ? Color(0.f, 0.f, 1.f, 1.f) :
|
|
Color(1.f, 0.f, 0.f, 1.f));
|
|
aDrawTarget->StrokeRect(NSRectToRect(r, appUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
ColorPattern(ToDeviceColor(blueOrRed)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void PaintEventTargetBorder(nsIFrame* aFrame, DrawTarget* aDrawTarget,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsPoint aPt)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect r(aPt, aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
ColorPattern purple(ToDeviceColor(Color(.5f, 0.f, .5f, 1.f)));
|
|
aDrawTarget->StrokeRect(NSRectToRect(r, appUnitsPerDevPixel), purple);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists) {
|
|
// Draw a border around the child
|
|
// REVIEW: From nsContainerFrame::PaintChild
|
|
if (nsFrame::GetShowFrameBorders() && !aFrame->GetRect().IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayGeneric(aBuilder, aFrame, PaintDebugBorder, "DebugBorder",
|
|
nsDisplayItem::TYPE_DEBUG_BORDER));
|
|
}
|
|
// Draw a border around the current event target
|
|
if (nsFrame::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder() &&
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetDrawEventTargetFrame() == aFrame) {
|
|
aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayGeneric(aBuilder, aFrame, PaintEventTargetBorder, "EventTargetBorder",
|
|
nsDisplayItem::TYPE_EVENT_TARGET_BORDER));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsScrollFrameActive(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollableFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return aScrollableFrame && aScrollableFrame->IsScrollingActive(aBuilder);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
class AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode
|
|
{
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder& mBuilder;
|
|
bool mSavedContainsBlendMode;
|
|
public:
|
|
explicit AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode(nsDisplayListBuilder& aBuilder)
|
|
: mBuilder(aBuilder)
|
|
, mSavedContainsBlendMode(aBuilder.ContainsBlendMode())
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
~AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode() {
|
|
mBuilder.SetContainsBlendMode(mSavedContainsBlendMode);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
CheckForApzAwareEventHandlers(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (content->IsNodeApzAware()) {
|
|
aBuilder->SetAncestorHasApzAwareEventHandler(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* True if aDescendant participates the context aAncestor participating.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
FrameParticipatesIn3DContext(nsIFrame* aAncestor, nsIFrame* aDescendant) {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aAncestor != aDescendant);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aAncestor->Extend3DContext());
|
|
nsIFrame* frame;
|
|
for (frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(aDescendant);
|
|
frame && aAncestor != frame;
|
|
frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(frame)) {
|
|
if (!frame->Extend3DContext()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(frame == aAncestor);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
ItemParticipatesIn3DContext(nsIFrame* aAncestor, nsDisplayItem* aItem)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* transformFrame;
|
|
if (aItem->GetType() == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_TRANSFORM) {
|
|
transformFrame = aItem->Frame();
|
|
} else if (aItem->GetType() == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_PERSPECTIVE) {
|
|
transformFrame = static_cast<nsDisplayPerspective*>(aItem)->TransformFrame();
|
|
} else {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aAncestor == transformFrame) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameParticipatesIn3DContext(aAncestor, transformFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
WrapSeparatorTransform(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aSource, nsDisplayList* aTarget,
|
|
int aIndex) {
|
|
if (!aSource->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
nsDisplayTransform *sepIdItem =
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, aFrame, aSource,
|
|
aBuilder->GetDirtyRect(), Matrix4x4(), aIndex);
|
|
sepIdItem->SetNoExtendContext();
|
|
aTarget->AppendToTop(sepIdItem);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aList) {
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Replaced elements have their visibility handled here, because
|
|
// they're visually atomic
|
|
if (IsFrameOfType(eReplaced) && !IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
const nsStyleEffects* effects = StyleEffects();
|
|
// We can stop right away if this is a zero-opacity stacking context and
|
|
// we're painting, and we're not animating opacity. Don't do this
|
|
// if we're going to compute plugin geometry, since opacity-0 plugins
|
|
// need to have display items built for them.
|
|
bool needEventRegions =
|
|
aBuilder->IsBuildingLayerEventRegions() &&
|
|
StyleUserInterface()->GetEffectivePointerEvents(this) !=
|
|
NS_STYLE_POINTER_EVENTS_NONE;
|
|
bool opacityItemForEventsAndPluginsOnly = false;
|
|
if (effects->mOpacity == 0.0 && aBuilder->IsForPainting() &&
|
|
!(disp->mWillChangeBitField & NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_OPACITY) &&
|
|
!nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationOfProperty(this, eCSSProperty_opacity)) {
|
|
if (needEventRegions ||
|
|
aBuilder->WillComputePluginGeometry()) {
|
|
opacityItemForEventsAndPluginsOnly = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (disp->mWillChangeBitField != 0) {
|
|
aBuilder->AddToWillChangeBudget(this, GetSize());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const bool isTransformed = IsTransformed();
|
|
const bool hasPerspective = isTransformed && HasPerspective();
|
|
const bool extend3DContext = Extend3DContext();
|
|
const bool combines3DTransformWithAncestors =
|
|
(extend3DContext || isTransformed) && Combines3DTransformWithAncestors();
|
|
const bool childrenHavePerspective = ChildrenHavePerspective();
|
|
Maybe<nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoPreserves3DContext> autoPreserves3DContext;
|
|
if (extend3DContext && !combines3DTransformWithAncestors) {
|
|
// Start a new preserves3d context to keep informations on
|
|
// nsDisplayListBuilder.
|
|
autoPreserves3DContext.emplace(aBuilder);
|
|
// Save dirty rect on the builder to avoid being distorted for
|
|
// multiple transforms along the chain.
|
|
aBuilder->SavePreserves3DRects();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For preserves3d, use the dirty rect already installed on the
|
|
// builder, since aDirtyRect maybe distorted for transforms along
|
|
// the chain.
|
|
nsRect dirtyRect = aBuilder->GetDirtyRect();
|
|
|
|
// reset blend mode so we can keep track if this stacking context needs have
|
|
// a nsDisplayBlendContainer. Set the blend mode back when the routine exits
|
|
// so we keep track if the parent stacking context needs a container too.
|
|
AutoSaveRestoreContainsBlendMode autoRestoreBlendMode(*aBuilder);
|
|
aBuilder->SetContainsBlendMode(false);
|
|
|
|
nsRect dirtyRectOutsideTransform = dirtyRect;
|
|
bool inTransform = aBuilder->IsInTransform();
|
|
if (isTransformed) {
|
|
const nsRect overflow = GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
if (nsDisplayTransform::ShouldPrerenderTransformedContent(aBuilder,
|
|
this)) {
|
|
dirtyRect = overflow;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (overflow.IsEmpty() && !extend3DContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we're in preserve-3d then grab the dirty rect that was given to the root
|
|
// and transform using the combined transform.
|
|
if (combines3DTransformWithAncestors) {
|
|
dirtyRect = aBuilder->GetPreserves3DRects();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect untransformedDirtyRect;
|
|
if (nsDisplayTransform::UntransformRect(dirtyRect, overflow, this,
|
|
&untransformedDirtyRect)) {
|
|
dirtyRect = untransformedDirtyRect;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to untransform dirty rect!");
|
|
// This should only happen if the transform is singular, in which case nothing is visible anyway
|
|
dirtyRect.SetEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
inTransform = true;
|
|
}
|
|
bool usingFilter = StyleEffects()->HasFilters();
|
|
bool usingMask = nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingMaskOrClipPathForFrame(this);
|
|
bool usingSVGEffects = usingFilter || usingMask;
|
|
|
|
nsRect dirtyRectOutsideSVGEffects = dirtyRect;
|
|
nsDisplayList hoistedScrollInfoItemsStorage;
|
|
if (usingSVGEffects) {
|
|
dirtyRect =
|
|
nsSVGIntegrationUtils::GetRequiredSourceForInvalidArea(this, dirtyRect);
|
|
aBuilder->EnterSVGEffectsContents(&hoistedScrollInfoItemsStorage);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We build an opacity item if it's not going to be drawn by SVG content, or
|
|
// SVG effects. SVG effects won't handle the opacity if we want an active
|
|
// layer (for async animations), see
|
|
// nsSVGIntegrationsUtils::PaintMaskAndClipPath or
|
|
// nsSVGIntegrationsUtils::PaintFilter.
|
|
bool useOpacity = HasVisualOpacity() && !nsSVGUtils::CanOptimizeOpacity(this) &&
|
|
(!usingSVGEffects || nsDisplayOpacity::NeedsActiveLayer(aBuilder, this));
|
|
bool useBlendMode = effects->mMixBlendMode != NS_STYLE_BLEND_NORMAL;
|
|
bool useStickyPosition = disp->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_STICKY &&
|
|
IsScrollFrameActive(aBuilder,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(GetParent(),
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN));
|
|
bool useFixedPosition = nsLayoutUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(this);
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|
buildingDisplayList(aBuilder, this, dirtyRect, true);
|
|
|
|
// Depending on the effects that are applied to this frame, we can create
|
|
// multiple container display items and wrap them around our contents.
|
|
// This enum lists all the potential container display items, in the order
|
|
// outside to inside.
|
|
enum class ContainerItemType : uint8_t {
|
|
eNone = 0,
|
|
eOwnLayerIfNeeded,
|
|
eBlendMode,
|
|
eFixedPosition,
|
|
eStickyPosition,
|
|
eOwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip,
|
|
ePerspective,
|
|
eTransform,
|
|
eSeparatorTransforms,
|
|
eOpacity,
|
|
eFilter,
|
|
eBlendContainer
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore clipState(aBuilder);
|
|
|
|
// If there is a current clip, then depending on the container items we
|
|
// create, different things can happen to it. Some container items simply
|
|
// propagate the clip to their children and aren't clipped themselves.
|
|
// But other container items, especially those that establish a different
|
|
// geometry for their contents (e.g. transforms), capture the clip on
|
|
// themselves and unset the clip for their contents. If we create more than
|
|
// one of those container items, the clip will be captured on the outermost
|
|
// one and the inner container items will be unclipped.
|
|
ContainerItemType clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::eNone;
|
|
if (useFixedPosition) {
|
|
clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::eFixedPosition;
|
|
} else if (useStickyPosition) {
|
|
clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::eStickyPosition;
|
|
} else if (isTransformed) {
|
|
if ((hasPerspective || extend3DContext) && clipState.SavedStateHasRoundedCorners()) {
|
|
// If we're creating an nsDisplayTransform item that is going to combine
|
|
// its transform with its children (preserve-3d or perspective), then we
|
|
// can't have an intermediate surface. Mask layers force an intermediate
|
|
// surface, so if we're going to need both then create a separate
|
|
// wrapping layer for the mask.
|
|
clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::eOwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip;
|
|
} else if (hasPerspective) {
|
|
clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::ePerspective;
|
|
} else {
|
|
clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::eTransform;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (usingFilter) {
|
|
clipCapturedBy = ContainerItemType::eFilter;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool clearClip = false;
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy != ContainerItemType::eNone) {
|
|
// We don't need to pass ancestor clipping down to our children;
|
|
// everything goes inside a display item's child list, and the display
|
|
// item itself will be clipped.
|
|
// For transforms we also need to clear ancestor clipping because it's
|
|
// relative to the wrong display item reference frame anyway.
|
|
clearClip = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
clipState.EnterStackingContextContents(clearClip);
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListCollection set(aBuilder);
|
|
{
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore nestedClipState(aBuilder);
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoInTransformSetter
|
|
inTransformSetter(aBuilder, inTransform);
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoSaveRestorePerspectiveIndex
|
|
perspectiveIndex(aBuilder, childrenHavePerspective);
|
|
|
|
CheckForApzAwareEventHandlers(aBuilder, this);
|
|
|
|
Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClip = GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, GetSize());
|
|
if (clipPropClip) {
|
|
aBuilder->IntersectDirtyRect(*clipPropClip);
|
|
nestedClipState.ClipContentDescendants(
|
|
*clipPropClip + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// extend3DContext also guarantees that applyAbsPosClipping and usingSVGEffects are false
|
|
// We only modify the preserve-3d rect if we are the top of a preserve-3d heirarchy
|
|
if (extend3DContext) {
|
|
// Mark these first so MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList knows if we are
|
|
// going to be forced to descend into frames.
|
|
aBuilder->MarkPreserve3DFramesForDisplayList(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder);
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayLayerEventRegions* eventRegions = nullptr;
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsBuildingLayerEventRegions()) {
|
|
eventRegions = new (aBuilder) nsDisplayLayerEventRegions(aBuilder, this);
|
|
eventRegions->AddFrame(aBuilder, this);
|
|
aBuilder->SetLayerEventRegions(eventRegions);
|
|
}
|
|
aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(this);
|
|
BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, set);
|
|
if (eventRegions) {
|
|
// If the event regions item ended up empty, throw it away rather than
|
|
// adding it to the display list.
|
|
if (!eventRegions->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
set.BorderBackground()->AppendToBottom(eventRegions);
|
|
} else {
|
|
aBuilder->SetLayerEventRegions(nullptr);
|
|
eventRegions->~nsDisplayLayerEventRegions();
|
|
eventRegions = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsBackgroundOnly()) {
|
|
set.BlockBorderBackgrounds()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.Floats()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.Content()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.PositionedDescendants()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.Outlines()->DeleteAll();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Sort PositionedDescendants() in CSS 'z-order' order. The list is already
|
|
// in content document order and SortByZOrder is a stable sort which
|
|
// guarantees that boxes produced by the same element are placed together
|
|
// in the sort. Consider a position:relative inline element that breaks
|
|
// across lines and has absolutely positioned children; all the abs-pos
|
|
// children should be z-ordered after all the boxes for the position:relative
|
|
// element itself.
|
|
set.PositionedDescendants()->SortByZOrder();
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayList resultList;
|
|
// Now follow the rules of http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/zindex.html
|
|
// 1,2: backgrounds and borders
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.BorderBackground());
|
|
// 3: negative z-index children.
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
nsDisplayItem* item = set.PositionedDescendants()->GetBottom();
|
|
if (item && item->ZIndex() < 0) {
|
|
set.PositionedDescendants()->RemoveBottom();
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// 4: block backgrounds
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.BlockBorderBackgrounds());
|
|
// 5: floats
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.Floats());
|
|
// 7: general content
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.Content());
|
|
// 7.5: outlines, in content tree order. We need to sort by content order
|
|
// because an element with outline that breaks and has children with outline
|
|
// might have placed child outline items between its own outline items.
|
|
// The element's outline items need to all come before any child outline
|
|
// items.
|
|
nsIContent* content = GetContent();
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
content = PresContext()->Document()->GetRootElement();
|
|
}
|
|
if (content) {
|
|
set.Outlines()->SortByContentOrder(content);
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, this, set);
|
|
#endif
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.Outlines());
|
|
// 8, 9: non-negative z-index children
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.PositionedDescendants());
|
|
|
|
// Get the scroll clip to use for the container items that we create here.
|
|
// If we cleared the clip, and we create multiple container items, then the
|
|
// items we create before we restore the clip will have a different scroll
|
|
// clip from the items we create after we restore the clip.
|
|
const DisplayItemScrollClip* containerItemScrollClip =
|
|
aBuilder->ClipState().CurrentAncestorScrollClipForStackingContextContents();
|
|
|
|
/* If adding both a nsDisplayBlendContainer and a nsDisplayBlendMode to the
|
|
* same list, the nsDisplayBlendContainer should be added first. This only
|
|
* happens when the element creating this stacking context has mix-blend-mode
|
|
* and also contains a child which has mix-blend-mode.
|
|
* The nsDisplayBlendContainer must be added to the list first, so it does not
|
|
* isolate the containing element blending as well.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder->ContainsBlendMode()) {
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore blendContainerClipState(aBuilder);
|
|
blendContainerClipState.Clear();
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
nsDisplayBlendContainer::CreateForMixBlendMode(aBuilder, this, &resultList,
|
|
containerItemScrollClip));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If there are any SVG effects, wrap the list up in an SVG effects item
|
|
* (which also handles CSS group opacity). Note that we create an SVG effects
|
|
* item even if resultList is empty, since a filter can produce graphical
|
|
* output even if the element being filtered wouldn't otherwise do so.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (usingSVGEffects) {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(usingFilter ||usingMask,
|
|
"Beside filter & mask/clip-path, what else effect do we have?");
|
|
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::eFilter) {
|
|
clipState.ExitStackingContextContents(&containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
}
|
|
// Revert to the post-filter dirty rect.
|
|
aBuilder->SetDirtyRect(dirtyRectOutsideSVGEffects);
|
|
|
|
// Skip all filter effects while generating glyph mask.
|
|
if (usingFilter && !aBuilder->IsForGenerateGlyphMask()) {
|
|
// If we are going to create a mask display item, handle opacity effect
|
|
// in that mask display item; Otherwise, take care of opacity in this
|
|
// filter display item.
|
|
bool handleOpacity = !usingMask && !useOpacity;
|
|
|
|
/* List now emptied, so add the new list to the top. */
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayFilter(aBuilder, this, &resultList,
|
|
handleOpacity));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (usingMask) {
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore maskClipState(aBuilder);
|
|
maskClipState.Clear();
|
|
/* List now emptied, so add the new list to the top. */
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayMask(aBuilder, this, &resultList,
|
|
!useOpacity, containerItemScrollClip));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Also add the hoisted scroll info items. We need those for APZ scrolling
|
|
// because nsDisplayMask items can't build active layers.
|
|
aBuilder->ExitSVGEffectsContents();
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(&hoistedScrollInfoItemsStorage);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If the list is non-empty and there is CSS group opacity without SVG
|
|
* effects, wrap it up in an opacity item.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (useOpacity && !resultList.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
// Don't clip nsDisplayOpacity items. We clip their descendants instead.
|
|
// The clip we would set on an element with opacity would clip
|
|
// all descendant content, but some should not be clipped.
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore opacityClipState(aBuilder);
|
|
opacityClipState.Clear();
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayOpacity(aBuilder, this, &resultList,
|
|
containerItemScrollClip, opacityItemForEventsAndPluginsOnly));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we're going to apply a transformation and don't have preserve-3d set, wrap
|
|
* everything in an nsDisplayTransform. If there's nothing in the list, don't add
|
|
* anything.
|
|
*
|
|
* For the preserve-3d case we want to individually wrap every child in the list with
|
|
* a separate nsDisplayTransform instead. When the child is already an nsDisplayTransform,
|
|
* we can skip this step, as the computed transform will already include our own.
|
|
*
|
|
* We also traverse into sublists created by nsDisplayWrapList, so that we find all the
|
|
* correct children.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (isTransformed && !resultList.IsEmpty() && extend3DContext) {
|
|
// Install dummy nsDisplayTransform as a leaf containing
|
|
// descendants not participating this 3D rendering context.
|
|
nsDisplayList nonparticipants;
|
|
nsDisplayList participants;
|
|
int index = 1;
|
|
|
|
while (nsDisplayItem* item = resultList.RemoveBottom()) {
|
|
if (ItemParticipatesIn3DContext(this, item) && !item->GetClip().HasClip()) {
|
|
// The frame of this item participates the same 3D context.
|
|
WrapSeparatorTransform(aBuilder, this, &nonparticipants, &participants, index++);
|
|
participants.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The frame of the item doesn't participate the current
|
|
// context, or has no transform.
|
|
//
|
|
// For items participating but not transformed, they are add
|
|
// to nonparticipants to get a separator layer for handling
|
|
// clips, if there is, on an intermediate surface.
|
|
// \see ContainerLayer::DefaultComputeEffectiveTransforms().
|
|
nonparticipants.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
WrapSeparatorTransform(aBuilder, this, &nonparticipants, &participants, index++);
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(&participants);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isTransformed && !resultList.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::eTransform) {
|
|
// Restore clip state now so nsDisplayTransform is clipped properly.
|
|
clipState.ExitStackingContextContents(&containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
}
|
|
// Revert to the dirtyrect coming in from the parent, without our transform
|
|
// taken into account.
|
|
aBuilder->SetDirtyRect(dirtyRectOutsideTransform);
|
|
// Revert to the outer reference frame and offset because all display
|
|
// items we create from now on are outside the transform.
|
|
nsPoint toOuterReferenceFrame;
|
|
const nsIFrame* outerReferenceFrame = this;
|
|
if (this != aBuilder->RootReferenceFrame()) {
|
|
outerReferenceFrame =
|
|
aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(GetParent(), &toOuterReferenceFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
buildingDisplayList.SetReferenceFrameAndCurrentOffset(outerReferenceFrame,
|
|
GetOffsetToCrossDoc(outerReferenceFrame));
|
|
|
|
bool isFullyVisible =
|
|
dirtyRectOutsideSVGEffects.Contains(GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf());
|
|
nsDisplayTransform *transformItem =
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, this,
|
|
&resultList, dirtyRect, 0,
|
|
isFullyVisible);
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(transformItem);
|
|
|
|
if (hasPerspective) {
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::ePerspective) {
|
|
clipState.ExitStackingContextContents(&containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
}
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayPerspective(
|
|
aBuilder, this,
|
|
GetContainingBlock()->GetContent()->GetPrimaryFrame(), &resultList));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::eOwnLayerForTransformWithRoundedClip) {
|
|
clipState.ExitStackingContextContents(&containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayOwnLayer(aBuilder, this, &resultList, 0,
|
|
mozilla::layers::FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID,
|
|
0.0f, /* aForceActive = */ false));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we have sticky positioning, wrap it in a sticky position item.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (useFixedPosition) {
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::eFixedPosition) {
|
|
clipState.ExitStackingContextContents(&containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
}
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayFixedPosition(aBuilder, this, &resultList));
|
|
} else if (useStickyPosition) {
|
|
if (clipCapturedBy == ContainerItemType::eStickyPosition) {
|
|
clipState.ExitStackingContextContents(&containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
}
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayStickyPosition(aBuilder, this, &resultList));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If there's blending, wrap up the list in a blend-mode item. Note
|
|
* that opacity can be applied before blending as the blend color is
|
|
* not affected by foreground opacity (only background alpha).
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (useBlendMode && !resultList.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoSaveRestore mixBlendClipState(aBuilder);
|
|
mixBlendClipState.Clear();
|
|
resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayBlendMode(aBuilder, this, &resultList,
|
|
effects->mMixBlendMode,
|
|
containerItemScrollClip));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CreateOwnLayerIfNeeded(aBuilder, &resultList);
|
|
|
|
aList->AppendToTop(&resultList);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsDisplayItem*
|
|
WrapInWrapList(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDisplayList* aList,
|
|
const DisplayItemScrollClip* aScrollClip)
|
|
{
|
|
nsDisplayItem* item = aList->GetBottom();
|
|
if (!item) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For perspective items we want to treat the 'frame' as being the transform
|
|
// frame that created it. This stops the transform frame from wrapping another
|
|
// nsDisplayWrapList around it (with mismatching reference frames), but still
|
|
// makes the perspective frame create one (so we have an atomic entry for z-index
|
|
// sorting).
|
|
nsIFrame *itemFrame = item->Frame();
|
|
if (item->GetType() == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_PERSPECTIVE) {
|
|
itemFrame = static_cast<nsDisplayPerspective*>(item)->TransformFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (item->GetAbove() || itemFrame != aFrame) {
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayWrapList(aBuilder, aFrame, aList, aScrollClip);
|
|
}
|
|
aList->RemoveBottom();
|
|
return item;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool DescendIntoChild(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aChild, const nsRect& aDirty) {
|
|
if (aChild->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FORCE_DISPLAY_LIST_DESCEND_INTO) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the child is a scrollframe that we want to ignore, then we need
|
|
// to descend into it because its scrolled child may intersect the dirty
|
|
// area even if the scrollframe itself doesn't.
|
|
if (aChild == aBuilder->GetIgnoreScrollFrame()) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// There are cases where the "ignore scroll frame" on the builder is not set
|
|
// correctly, and so we additionally want to catch cases where the child is
|
|
// a root scrollframe and we are ignoring scrolling on the viewport.
|
|
if (aChild == aBuilder->GetPresShellIgnoreScrollFrame()) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsRect overflow = aChild->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
|
|
if (aDirty.Intersects(overflow)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aChild->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eTablePart)) {
|
|
// Relative positioning and transforms can cause table parts to move, but we
|
|
// will still paint the backgrounds for their ancestor parts under them at
|
|
// their 'normal' position. That means that we must consider the overflow
|
|
// rects at both positions.
|
|
|
|
// We convert the overflow rect into the nsTableFrame's coordinate
|
|
// space, applying the normal position offset at each step. Then we
|
|
// compare that against the builder's cached dirty rect in table
|
|
// coordinate space.
|
|
const nsIFrame* f = aChild;
|
|
nsRect normalPositionOverflowRelativeToTable = overflow;
|
|
|
|
while (f->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eTablePart)) {
|
|
normalPositionOverflowRelativeToTable += f->GetNormalPosition();
|
|
f = f->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayTableBackgroundSet* tableBGs = aBuilder->GetTableBackgroundSet();
|
|
if (tableBGs &&
|
|
tableBGs->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(normalPositionOverflowRelativeToTable)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForChild(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aChild,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags) {
|
|
// If painting is restricted to just the background of the top level frame,
|
|
// then we have nothing to do here.
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsBackgroundOnly())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsForGenerateGlyphMask() ||
|
|
aBuilder->IsForPaintingSelectionBG()) {
|
|
if (nsGkAtoms::textFrame != aChild->GetType() && aChild->IsLeaf()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* child = aChild;
|
|
if (child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
const bool isSVG = child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT;
|
|
|
|
// true if this is a real or pseudo stacking context
|
|
bool pseudoStackingContext =
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_PSEUDO_STACKING_CONTEXT) != 0;
|
|
if (!pseudoStackingContext &&
|
|
!isSVG &&
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_INLINE) &&
|
|
!child->IsFrameOfType(eLineParticipant)) {
|
|
// child is a non-inline frame in an inline context, i.e.,
|
|
// it acts like inline-block or inline-table. Therefore it is a
|
|
// pseudo-stacking-context.
|
|
pseudoStackingContext = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* childType = child->GetType();
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::OutOfFlowDisplayData* savedOutOfFlowData = nullptr;
|
|
bool isPlaceholder = false;
|
|
|
|
// dirty rect in child-relative coordinates
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aBuilder->GetCurrentFrame() == this, "Wrong coord space!");
|
|
nsRect dirty = aBuilder->GetDirtyRect() - child->GetOffsetTo(this);
|
|
|
|
if (childType == nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame) {
|
|
isPlaceholder = true;
|
|
nsPlaceholderFrame* placeholder = static_cast<nsPlaceholderFrame*>(child);
|
|
child = placeholder->GetOutOfFlowFrame();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(child, "No out of flow frame?");
|
|
// If 'child' is a pushed float then it's owned by a block that's not an
|
|
// ancestor of the placeholder, and it will be painted by that block and
|
|
// should not be painted through the placeholder.
|
|
if (!child || nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(child) ||
|
|
(child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_PUSHED_FLOAT))
|
|
return;
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW);
|
|
// If the out-of-flow frame is in the top layer, the viewport frame
|
|
// will paint it. Skip it here. Note that, only out-of-flow frames
|
|
// with this property should be skipped, because non-HTML elements
|
|
// may stop their children from being out-of-flow. Those frames
|
|
// should still be handled in the normal in-flow path.
|
|
if (placeholder->GetStateBits() & PLACEHOLDER_FOR_TOPLAYER) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// Make sure that any attempt to use childType below is disappointed. We
|
|
// could call GetType again but since we don't currently need it, let's
|
|
// avoid the virtual call.
|
|
childType = nullptr;
|
|
// Recheck NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE
|
|
if (child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)
|
|
return;
|
|
savedOutOfFlowData = nsDisplayListBuilder::GetOutOfFlowData(child);
|
|
if (savedOutOfFlowData) {
|
|
dirty = savedOutOfFlowData->mDirtyRect;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The out-of-flow frame did not intersect the dirty area. We may still
|
|
// need to traverse into it, since it may contain placeholders we need
|
|
// to enter to reach other out-of-flow frames that are visible.
|
|
dirty.SetEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
pseudoStackingContext = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(childType != nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame,
|
|
"Should have dealt with placeholders already");
|
|
if (aBuilder->GetSelectedFramesOnly() &&
|
|
child->IsLeaf() &&
|
|
!aChild->IsSelected()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aBuilder->GetIncludeAllOutOfFlows() && isPlaceholder) {
|
|
dirty = child->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
} else if (!DescendIntoChild(aBuilder, child, dirty)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXX need to have inline-block and inline-table set pseudoStackingContext
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* ourDisp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
// REVIEW: Taken from nsBoxFrame::Paint
|
|
// Don't paint our children if the theme object is a leaf.
|
|
if (IsThemed(ourDisp) &&
|
|
!PresContext()->GetTheme()->WidgetIsContainer(ourDisp->mAppearance))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Since we're now sure that we're adding this frame to the display list
|
|
// (which means we're painting it, modulo occlusion), mark it as visible
|
|
// within the displayport.
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsPaintingToWindow() && child->TrackingVisibility()) {
|
|
child->PresContext()->PresShell()->EnsureFrameInApproximatelyVisibleList(child);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Child is composited if it's transformed, partially transparent, or has
|
|
// SVG effects or a blend mode..
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = child->StyleDisplay();
|
|
const nsStyleEffects* effects = child->StyleEffects();
|
|
const nsStylePosition* pos = child->StylePosition();
|
|
const bool isVisuallyAtomic = child->HasOpacity()
|
|
|| child->IsTransformed()
|
|
// strictly speaking, 'perspective' doesn't require visual atomicity,
|
|
// but the spec says it acts like the rest of these
|
|
|| disp->mChildPerspective.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord
|
|
|| effects->mMixBlendMode != NS_STYLE_BLEND_NORMAL
|
|
|| nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(child);
|
|
|
|
const bool isPositioned = disp->IsAbsPosContainingBlock(child);
|
|
const bool isStackingContext =
|
|
(isPositioned && (disp->IsPositionForcingStackingContext() ||
|
|
pos->mZIndex.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Integer)) ||
|
|
(disp->mWillChangeBitField & NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_STACKING_CONTEXT) ||
|
|
disp->mIsolation != NS_STYLE_ISOLATION_AUTO ||
|
|
isVisuallyAtomic || (aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_STACKING_CONTEXT);
|
|
|
|
if (pseudoStackingContext || isStackingContext || isPositioned ||
|
|
(!isSVG && disp->IsFloating(child)) ||
|
|
(isSVG && (effects->mClipFlags & NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT) &&
|
|
IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(child))) {
|
|
// If you change this, also change IsPseudoStackingContextFromStyle()
|
|
pseudoStackingContext = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!isStackingContext || pseudoStackingContext,
|
|
"Stacking contexts must also be pseudo-stacking-contexts");
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|
buildingForChild(aBuilder, child, dirty, pseudoStackingContext);
|
|
|
|
DisplayListClipState::AutoClipMultiple clipState(aBuilder);
|
|
CheckForApzAwareEventHandlers(aBuilder, child);
|
|
|
|
if (savedOutOfFlowData) {
|
|
aBuilder->SetBuildingInvisibleItems(false);
|
|
|
|
clipState.SetClipForContainingBlockDescendants(
|
|
&savedOutOfFlowData->mContainingBlockClip);
|
|
clipState.SetScrollClipForContainingBlockDescendants(aBuilder,
|
|
savedOutOfFlowData->mContainingBlockScrollClip);
|
|
} else if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FORCE_DISPLAY_LIST_DESCEND_INTO &&
|
|
isPlaceholder) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(dirty.IsEmpty(), "should have empty visible rect");
|
|
// Every item we build from now until we descent into an out of flow that
|
|
// does have saved out of flow data should be invisible. This state gets
|
|
// restored when AutoBuildingDisplayList gets out of scope.
|
|
aBuilder->SetBuildingInvisibleItems(true);
|
|
|
|
// If we have nested out-of-flow frames and the outer one isn't visible
|
|
// then we won't have stored clip data for it. We can just clear the clip
|
|
// instead since we know we won't render anything, and the inner out-of-flow
|
|
// frame will setup the correct clip for itself.
|
|
clipState.SetClipForContainingBlockDescendants(nullptr);
|
|
clipState.SetScrollClipForContainingBlockDescendants(aBuilder, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Setup clipping for the parent's overflow:-moz-hidden-unscrollable,
|
|
// or overflow:hidden on elements that don't support scrolling (and therefore
|
|
// don't create nsHTML/XULScrollFrame). This clipping needs to not clip
|
|
// anything directly rendered by the parent, only the rendering of its
|
|
// children.
|
|
// Don't use overflowClip to restrict the dirty rect, since some of the
|
|
// descendants may not be clipped by it. Even if we end up with unnecessary
|
|
// display items, they'll be pruned during ComputeVisibility.
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = child->GetParent();
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* parentDisp =
|
|
parent == this ? ourDisp : parent->StyleDisplay();
|
|
ApplyOverflowClipping(aBuilder, parent, parentDisp, clipState);
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
nsDisplayList extraPositionedDescendants;
|
|
if (isStackingContext) {
|
|
if (effects->mMixBlendMode != NS_STYLE_BLEND_NORMAL) {
|
|
aBuilder->SetContainsBlendMode(true);
|
|
}
|
|
// True stacking context.
|
|
// For stacking contexts, BuildDisplayListForStackingContext handles
|
|
// clipping and MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList.
|
|
child->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(aBuilder, &list);
|
|
aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, &list);
|
|
} else {
|
|
Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClip =
|
|
child->GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, child->GetSize());
|
|
if (clipPropClip) {
|
|
aBuilder->IntersectDirtyRect(*clipPropClip);
|
|
clipState.ClipContentDescendants(
|
|
*clipPropClip + aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(child));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
child->MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder);
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsBuildingLayerEventRegions()) {
|
|
// If this frame has a different animated geometry root than its parent,
|
|
// make sure we accumulate event regions for its layer.
|
|
if (buildingForChild.IsAnimatedGeometryRoot() || isPositioned) {
|
|
nsDisplayLayerEventRegions* eventRegions =
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayLayerEventRegions(aBuilder, child);
|
|
eventRegions->AddFrame(aBuilder, child);
|
|
aBuilder->SetLayerEventRegions(eventRegions);
|
|
|
|
if (isPositioned) {
|
|
// We need this nsDisplayLayerEventRegions to be sorted with the positioned
|
|
// elements as positioned elements will be sorted on top of normal elements
|
|
list.AppendNewToTop(eventRegions);
|
|
} else {
|
|
aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(eventRegions);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsDisplayLayerEventRegions* eventRegions = aBuilder->GetLayerEventRegions();
|
|
if (eventRegions) {
|
|
eventRegions->AddFrame(aBuilder, child);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!pseudoStackingContext) {
|
|
// THIS IS THE COMMON CASE.
|
|
// Not a pseudo or real stacking context. Do the simple thing and
|
|
// return early.
|
|
|
|
aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(child);
|
|
child->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, aLists);
|
|
aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, aLists.Content());
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, child, aLists);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A pseudo-stacking context (e.g., a positioned element with z-index auto).
|
|
// We allow positioned descendants of the child to escape to our parent
|
|
// stacking context's positioned descendant list, because they might be
|
|
// z-index:non-auto
|
|
nsDisplayListCollection pseudoStack(aBuilder);
|
|
aBuilder->AdjustWindowDraggingRegion(child);
|
|
child->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, pseudoStack);
|
|
aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, pseudoStack.Content());
|
|
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.BorderBackground());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.BlockBorderBackgrounds());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Floats());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Content());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Outlines());
|
|
extraPositionedDescendants.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.PositionedDescendants());
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, child, aLists);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
buildingForChild.RestoreBuildingInvisibleItemsValue();
|
|
|
|
// Clear clip rect for the construction of the items below. Since we're
|
|
// clipping all their contents, they themselves don't need to be clipped.
|
|
clipState.Clear();
|
|
|
|
const DisplayItemScrollClip* containerItemScrollClip =
|
|
aBuilder->ClipState().CurrentAncestorScrollClipForStackingContextContents();
|
|
|
|
if (isPositioned || isVisuallyAtomic ||
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_STACKING_CONTEXT)) {
|
|
// Genuine stacking contexts, and positioned pseudo-stacking-contexts,
|
|
// go in this level.
|
|
if (!list.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
nsDisplayItem* item = WrapInWrapList(aBuilder, child, &list, containerItemScrollClip);
|
|
if (isSVG) {
|
|
aLists.Content()->AppendNewToTop(item);
|
|
} else {
|
|
aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendNewToTop(item);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (!isSVG && disp->IsFloating(child)) {
|
|
if (!list.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aLists.Floats()->AppendNewToTop(WrapInWrapList(aBuilder, child, &list, containerItemScrollClip));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
aLists.Content()->AppendToTop(&list);
|
|
}
|
|
// We delay placing the positioned descendants of positioned frames to here,
|
|
// because in the absence of z-index this is the correct order for them.
|
|
// This doesn't affect correctness because the positioned descendants list
|
|
// is sorted by z-order and content in BuildDisplayListForStackingContext,
|
|
// but it means that sort routine needs to do less work.
|
|
aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendToTop(&extraPositionedDescendants);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
|
|
aBuilder->MarkFramesForDisplayList(this, GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetContentForEvent(WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsIContent** aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = nsLayoutUtils::GetNonGeneratedAncestor(this);
|
|
*aContent = f->GetContent();
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(*aContent);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::FireDOMEvent(const nsAString& aDOMEventName, nsIContent *aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* target = aContent ? aContent : mContent;
|
|
|
|
if (target) {
|
|
RefPtr<AsyncEventDispatcher> asyncDispatcher =
|
|
new AsyncEventDispatcher(target, aDOMEventName, true, false);
|
|
DebugOnly<nsresult> rv = asyncDispatcher->PostDOMEvent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "AsyncEventDispatcher failed to dispatch");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::HandleEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseMove) {
|
|
// XXX If the second argument of HandleDrag() is WidgetMouseEvent,
|
|
// the implementation becomes simpler.
|
|
return HandleDrag(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((aEvent->mClass == eMouseEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->AsMouseEvent()->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton) ||
|
|
aEvent->mClass == eTouchEventClass) {
|
|
if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseDown || aEvent->mMessage == eTouchStart) {
|
|
HandlePress(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
} else if (aEvent->mMessage == eMouseUp || aEvent->mMessage == eTouchEnd) {
|
|
HandleRelease(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetDataForTableSelection(const nsFrameSelection* aFrameSelection,
|
|
nsIPresShell* aPresShell,
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* aMouseEvent,
|
|
nsIContent** aParentContent,
|
|
int32_t* aContentOffset,
|
|
int32_t* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrameSelection || !aPresShell || !aMouseEvent || !aParentContent || !aContentOffset || !aTarget)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
*aParentContent = nullptr;
|
|
*aContentOffset = 0;
|
|
*aTarget = 0;
|
|
|
|
int16_t displaySelection = aPresShell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
|
|
bool selectingTableCells = aFrameSelection->GetTableCellSelection();
|
|
|
|
// DISPLAY_ALL means we're in an editor.
|
|
// If already in cell selection mode,
|
|
// continue selecting with mouse drag or end on mouse up,
|
|
// or when using shift key to extend block of cells
|
|
// (Mouse down does normal selection unless Ctrl/Cmd is pressed)
|
|
bool doTableSelection =
|
|
displaySelection == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL && selectingTableCells &&
|
|
(aMouseEvent->mMessage == eMouseMove ||
|
|
(aMouseEvent->mMessage == eMouseUp &&
|
|
aMouseEvent->button == WidgetMouseEvent::eLeftButton) ||
|
|
aMouseEvent->IsShift());
|
|
|
|
if (!doTableSelection)
|
|
{
|
|
// In Browser, special 'table selection' key must be pressed for table selection
|
|
// or when just Shift is pressed and we're already in table/cell selection mode
|
|
#ifdef XP_MACOSX
|
|
doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->IsMeta() || (aMouseEvent->IsShift() && selectingTableCells);
|
|
#else
|
|
doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->IsControl() || (aMouseEvent->IsShift() && selectingTableCells);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
if (!doTableSelection)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// Get the cell frame or table frame (or parent) of the current content node
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = this;
|
|
bool foundCell = false;
|
|
bool foundTable = false;
|
|
|
|
// Get the limiting node to stop parent frame search
|
|
nsIContent* limiter = aFrameSelection->GetLimiter();
|
|
|
|
// If our content node is an ancestor of the limiting node,
|
|
// we should stop the search right now.
|
|
if (limiter && nsContentUtils::ContentIsDescendantOf(limiter, GetContent()))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
//We don't initiate row/col selection from here now,
|
|
// but we may in future
|
|
//bool selectColumn = false;
|
|
//bool selectRow = false;
|
|
|
|
while (frame)
|
|
{
|
|
// Check for a table cell by querying to a known CellFrame interface
|
|
nsITableCellLayout *cellElement = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (cellElement)
|
|
{
|
|
foundCell = true;
|
|
//TODO: If we want to use proximity to top or left border
|
|
// for row and column selection, this is the place to do it
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// If not a cell, check for table
|
|
// This will happen when starting frame is the table or child of a table,
|
|
// such as a row (we were inbetween cells or in table border)
|
|
nsTableWrapperFrame *tableFrame = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (tableFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
foundTable = true;
|
|
//TODO: How can we select row when along left table edge
|
|
// or select column when along top edge?
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
// Stop if we have hit the selection's limiting content node
|
|
if (frame && frame->GetContent() == limiter)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// We aren't in a cell or table
|
|
if (!foundCell && !foundTable) return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsIContent* tableOrCellContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
if (!tableOrCellContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent = tableOrCellContent->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parentContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
int32_t offset = parentContent->IndexOf(tableOrCellContent);
|
|
// Not likely?
|
|
if (offset < 0) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
// Everything is OK -- set the return values
|
|
parentContent.forget(aParentContent);
|
|
|
|
*aContentOffset = offset;
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
if (selectRow)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_ROW;
|
|
else if (selectColumn)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_COLUMN;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (foundCell)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_CELL;
|
|
else if (foundTable)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_TABLE;
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::IsSelectable(bool* aSelectable, StyleUserSelect* aSelectStyle) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aSelectable) //it's ok if aSelectStyle is null
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
// Like 'visibility', we must check all the parents: if a parent
|
|
// is not selectable, none of its children is selectable.
|
|
//
|
|
// The -moz-all value acts similarly: if a frame has 'user-select:-moz-all',
|
|
// all its children are selectable, even those with 'user-select:none'.
|
|
//
|
|
// As a result, if 'none' and '-moz-all' are not present in the frame hierarchy,
|
|
// aSelectStyle returns the first style that is not AUTO. If these values
|
|
// are present in the frame hierarchy, aSelectStyle returns the style of the
|
|
// topmost parent that has either 'none' or '-moz-all'.
|
|
//
|
|
// The -moz-text value acts as a way to override an ancestor's all/-moz-all value.
|
|
//
|
|
// For instance, if the frame hierarchy is:
|
|
// AUTO -> _MOZ_ALL -> NONE -> TEXT, the returned value is ALL
|
|
// AUTO -> _MOZ_ALL -> NONE -> _MOZ_TEXT, the returned value is TEXT.
|
|
// TEXT -> NONE -> AUTO -> _MOZ_ALL, the returned value is TEXT
|
|
// _MOZ_ALL -> TEXT -> AUTO -> AUTO, the returned value is ALL
|
|
// _MOZ_ALL -> _MOZ_TEXT -> AUTO -> AUTO, the returned value is TEXT.
|
|
// AUTO -> CELL -> TEXT -> AUTO, the returned value is TEXT
|
|
//
|
|
StyleUserSelect selectStyle = StyleUserSelect::Auto;
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = const_cast<nsFrame*>(this);
|
|
bool containsEditable = false;
|
|
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
const nsStyleUIReset* userinterface = frame->StyleUIReset();
|
|
switch (userinterface->mUserSelect) {
|
|
case StyleUserSelect::All:
|
|
case StyleUserSelect::MozAll:
|
|
{
|
|
// override the previous values
|
|
if (selectStyle != StyleUserSelect::MozText) {
|
|
selectStyle = userinterface->mUserSelect;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIContent* frameContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
containsEditable = frameContent &&
|
|
frameContent->EditableDescendantCount() > 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
default:
|
|
// otherwise return the first value which is not 'auto'
|
|
if (selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::Auto) {
|
|
selectStyle = userinterface->mUserSelect;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(frame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// convert internal values to standard values
|
|
if (selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::Auto ||
|
|
selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::MozText) {
|
|
selectStyle = StyleUserSelect::Text;
|
|
} else if (selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::MozAll) {
|
|
selectStyle = StyleUserSelect::All;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If user tries to select all of a non-editable content,
|
|
// prevent selection if it contains editable content.
|
|
bool allowSelection = true;
|
|
if (selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::All) {
|
|
allowSelection = !containsEditable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// return stuff
|
|
if (aSelectStyle) {
|
|
*aSelectStyle = selectStyle;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT) {
|
|
*aSelectable = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
*aSelectable = allowSelection && (selectStyle != StyleUserSelect::None);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Handles the Mouse Press Event for the frame
|
|
*/
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::HandlePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEvent);
|
|
if (aEvent->mClass == eTouchEventClass) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//We often get out of sync state issues with mousedown events that
|
|
//get interrupted by alerts/dialogs.
|
|
//Check with the ESM to see if we should process this one
|
|
if (!aPresContext->EventStateManager()->EventStatusOK(aEvent))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (!shell)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
// if we are in Navigator and the click is in a draggable node, we don't want
|
|
// to start selection because we don't want to interfere with a potential
|
|
// drag of said node and steal all its glory.
|
|
int16_t isEditor = shell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
//weaaak. only the editor can display frame selection not just text and images
|
|
isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
|
|
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
|
|
if (!mouseEvent->IsAlt()) {
|
|
for (nsIContent* content = mContent; content;
|
|
content = content->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (nsContentUtils::ContentIsDraggable(content) &&
|
|
!content->IsEditable()) {
|
|
// coordinate stuff is the fix for bug #55921
|
|
if ((mRect - GetPosition()).Contains(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(mouseEvent, this))) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// check whether style allows selection
|
|
// if not, don't tell selection the mouse event even occurred.
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
StyleUserSelect selectStyle;
|
|
rv = IsSelectable(&selectable, &selectStyle);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
|
|
|
|
// check for select: none
|
|
if (!selectable)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// When implementing StyleUserSelect::Element, StyleUserSelect::Elements and
|
|
// StyleUserSelect::Toggle, need to change this logic
|
|
bool useFrameSelection = (selectStyle == StyleUserSelect::Text);
|
|
|
|
// If the mouse is dragged outside the nearest enclosing scrollable area
|
|
// while making a selection, the area will be scrolled. To do this, capture
|
|
// the mouse on the nearest scrollable frame. If there isn't a scrollable
|
|
// frame, or something else is already capturing the mouse, there's no
|
|
// reason to capture.
|
|
bool hasCapturedContent = false;
|
|
if (!nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent()) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(this,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
|
|
if (scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* capturingFrame = do_QueryFrame(scrollFrame);
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(capturingFrame->GetContent(),
|
|
CAPTURE_IGNOREALLOWED);
|
|
hasCapturedContent = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXX This is screwy; it really should use the selection frame, not the
|
|
// event frame
|
|
const nsFrameSelection* frameselection = nullptr;
|
|
if (useFrameSelection)
|
|
frameselection = GetConstFrameSelection();
|
|
else
|
|
frameselection = shell->ConstFrameSelection();
|
|
|
|
if (!frameselection || frameselection->GetDisplaySelection() == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)
|
|
return NS_OK;//nothing to do we cannot affect selection from here
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XP_MACOSX
|
|
if (mouseEvent->IsControl())
|
|
return NS_OK;//short circuit. hard coded for mac due to time restraints.
|
|
bool control = mouseEvent->IsMeta();
|
|
#else
|
|
bool control = mouseEvent->IsControl();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> fc = const_cast<nsFrameSelection*>(frameselection);
|
|
if (mouseEvent->mClickCount > 1) {
|
|
// These methods aren't const but can't actually delete anything,
|
|
// so no need for nsWeakFrame.
|
|
fc->SetDragState(true);
|
|
fc->SetMouseDoubleDown(true);
|
|
return HandleMultiplePress(aPresContext, mouseEvent, aEventStatus, control);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(mouseEvent, this);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
|
|
|
|
if (!offsets.content)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
// On touchables devices, touch the screen is usually a pan action,
|
|
// so let's reposition the caret if needed but do not select text
|
|
// if the touch did not happen over an editable element. Otherwise,
|
|
// let the user move the caret by tapping and dragging.
|
|
if (!offsets.content->IsEditable() &&
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("browser.ignoreNativeFrameTextSelection", false)) {
|
|
// On touchables devices, mouse events are generated if the gesture is a tap.
|
|
// Such events are never going to generate a drag action, so let's release
|
|
// captured content if any.
|
|
if (hasCapturedContent) {
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return fc->HandleClick(offsets.content, offsets.StartOffset(),
|
|
offsets.EndOffset(), false, false,
|
|
offsets.associate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Let Ctrl/Cmd+mouse down do table selection instead of drag initiation
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>parentContent;
|
|
int32_t contentOffset;
|
|
int32_t target;
|
|
rv = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, shell, mouseEvent,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(parentContent), &contentOffset,
|
|
&target);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parentContent)
|
|
{
|
|
fc->SetDragState(true);
|
|
return fc->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target,
|
|
mouseEvent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fc->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
|
|
|
|
// Check if any part of this frame is selected, and if the
|
|
// user clicked inside the selected region. If so, we delay
|
|
// starting a new selection since the user may be trying to
|
|
// drag the selected region to some other app.
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *details = 0;
|
|
if (GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant())
|
|
{
|
|
bool inSelection = false;
|
|
details = frameselection->LookUpSelection(offsets.content, 0,
|
|
offsets.EndOffset(), false);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If there are any details, check to see if the user clicked
|
|
// within any selected region of the frame.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *curDetail = details;
|
|
|
|
while (curDetail)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If the user clicked inside a selection, then just
|
|
// return without doing anything. We will handle placing
|
|
// the caret later on when the mouse is released. We ignore
|
|
// the spellcheck, find and url formatting selections.
|
|
//
|
|
if (curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eSpellCheck &&
|
|
curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eFind &&
|
|
curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eURLSecondary &&
|
|
curDetail->mSelectionType != SelectionType::eURLStrikeout &&
|
|
curDetail->mStart <= offsets.StartOffset() &&
|
|
offsets.EndOffset() <= curDetail->mEnd)
|
|
{
|
|
inSelection = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *nextDetail = curDetail->mNext;
|
|
delete curDetail;
|
|
curDetail = nextDetail;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (inSelection) {
|
|
fc->SetDragState(false);
|
|
fc->SetDelayedCaretData(mouseEvent);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fc->SetDragState(true);
|
|
|
|
// Do not touch any nsFrame members after this point without adding
|
|
// weakFrame checks.
|
|
rv = fc->HandleClick(offsets.content, offsets.StartOffset(),
|
|
offsets.EndOffset(), mouseEvent->IsShift(), control,
|
|
offsets.associate);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
if (offsets.offset != offsets.secondaryOffset)
|
|
fc->MaintainSelection();
|
|
|
|
if (isEditor && !mouseEvent->IsShift() &&
|
|
(offsets.EndOffset() - offsets.StartOffset()) == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// A single node is selected and we aren't extending an existing
|
|
// selection, which means the user clicked directly on an object (either
|
|
// -moz-user-select: all or a non-text node without children).
|
|
// Therefore, disable selection extension during mouse moves.
|
|
// XXX This is a bit hacky; shouldn't editor be able to deal with this?
|
|
fc->SetDragState(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SelectByTypeAtPoint
|
|
*
|
|
* Search for selectable content at point and attempt to select
|
|
* based on the start and end selection behaviours.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aPresContext Presentation context
|
|
* @param aPoint Point at which selection will occur. Coordinates
|
|
* should be relaitve to this frame.
|
|
* @param aBeginAmountType, aEndAmountType Selection behavior, see
|
|
* nsIFrame for definitions.
|
|
* @param aSelectFlags Selection flags defined in nsFame.h.
|
|
* @return success or failure at finding suitable content to select.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::SelectByTypeAtPoint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|
nsSelectionAmount aBeginAmountType,
|
|
nsSelectionAmount aEndAmountType,
|
|
uint32_t aSelectFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPresContext);
|
|
|
|
// No point in selecting if selection is turned off
|
|
if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(aPoint, SKIP_HIDDEN);
|
|
if (!offsets.content)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
int32_t offset;
|
|
const nsFrameSelection* frameSelection =
|
|
PresContext()->GetPresShell()->ConstFrameSelection();
|
|
nsIFrame* theFrame = frameSelection->
|
|
GetFrameForNodeOffset(offsets.content, offsets.offset,
|
|
offsets.associate, &offset);
|
|
if (!theFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsFrame* frame = static_cast<nsFrame*>(theFrame);
|
|
return frame->PeekBackwardAndForward(aBeginAmountType, aEndAmountType, offset,
|
|
aBeginAmountType != eSelectWord,
|
|
aSelectFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Multiple Mouse Press -- line or paragraph selection -- for the frame.
|
|
* Wouldn't it be nice if this didn't have to be hardwired into Frame code?
|
|
*/
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::HandleMultiplePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus,
|
|
bool aControlHeld)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEvent);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
|
|
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus ||
|
|
DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find out whether we're doing line or paragraph selection.
|
|
// If browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph is true, triple-click selects paragraph.
|
|
// Otherwise, triple-click selects line, and quadruple-click selects paragraph
|
|
// (on platforms that support quadruple-click).
|
|
nsSelectionAmount beginAmount, endAmount;
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
if (!mouseEvent) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mouseEvent->mClickCount == 4) {
|
|
beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectParagraph;
|
|
} else if (mouseEvent->mClickCount == 3) {
|
|
if (Preferences::GetBool("browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph")) {
|
|
beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectParagraph;
|
|
} else {
|
|
beginAmount = eSelectBeginLine;
|
|
endAmount = eSelectEndLine;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (mouseEvent->mClickCount == 2) {
|
|
// We only want inline frames; PeekBackwardAndForward dislikes blocks
|
|
beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectWord;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint relPoint =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(mouseEvent, this);
|
|
return SelectByTypeAtPoint(aPresContext, relPoint, beginAmount, endAmount,
|
|
(aControlHeld ? SELECT_ACCUMULATE : 0));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::PeekBackwardAndForward(nsSelectionAmount aAmountBack,
|
|
nsSelectionAmount aAmountForward,
|
|
int32_t aStartPos,
|
|
bool aJumpLines,
|
|
uint32_t aSelectFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* baseFrame = this;
|
|
int32_t baseOffset = aStartPos;
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
|
|
if (aAmountBack == eSelectWord) {
|
|
// To avoid selecting the previous word when at start of word,
|
|
// first move one character forward.
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct pos(eSelectCharacter,
|
|
eDirNext,
|
|
aStartPos,
|
|
nsPoint(0, 0),
|
|
aJumpLines,
|
|
true, //limit on scrolled views
|
|
false,
|
|
false,
|
|
false);
|
|
rv = PeekOffset(&pos);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
baseFrame = pos.mResultFrame;
|
|
baseOffset = pos.mContentOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use peek offset one way then the other:
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct startpos(aAmountBack,
|
|
eDirPrevious,
|
|
baseOffset,
|
|
nsPoint(0, 0),
|
|
aJumpLines,
|
|
true, //limit on scrolled views
|
|
false,
|
|
false,
|
|
false);
|
|
rv = baseFrame->PeekOffset(&startpos);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct endpos(aAmountForward,
|
|
eDirNext,
|
|
aStartPos,
|
|
nsPoint(0, 0),
|
|
aJumpLines,
|
|
true, //limit on scrolled views
|
|
false,
|
|
false,
|
|
false);
|
|
rv = PeekOffset(&endpos);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
// Keep frameSelection alive.
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameSelection = GetFrameSelection();
|
|
|
|
rv = frameSelection->HandleClick(startpos.mResultContent,
|
|
startpos.mContentOffset, startpos.mContentOffset,
|
|
false, (aSelectFlags & SELECT_ACCUMULATE),
|
|
CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
rv = frameSelection->HandleClick(endpos.mResultContent,
|
|
endpos.mContentOffset, endpos.mContentOffset,
|
|
true, false,
|
|
CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
// maintain selection
|
|
return frameSelection->MaintainSelection(aAmountBack);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::HandleDrag(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aEvent->mClass == eMouseEventClass,
|
|
"HandleDrag can only handle mouse event");
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameselection = GetFrameSelection();
|
|
bool mouseDown = frameselection->GetDragState();
|
|
if (!mouseDown) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* scrollbar =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(this, nsGkAtoms::scrollbarFrame);
|
|
if (!scrollbar) {
|
|
// XXX Do we really need to exclude non-selectable content here?
|
|
// GetContentOffsetsFromPoint can handle it just fine, although some
|
|
// other stuff might not like it.
|
|
// NOTE: DisplaySelection() returns SELECTION_OFF for non-selectable frames.
|
|
if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
frameselection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
|
|
|
|
// Check if we are dragging in a table cell
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
|
|
int32_t contentOffset;
|
|
int32_t target;
|
|
WidgetMouseEvent* mouseEvent = aEvent->AsMouseEvent();
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
|
|
nsresult result;
|
|
result = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, presShell, mouseEvent,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
|
|
&contentOffset, &target);
|
|
|
|
nsWeakFrame weakThis = this;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && parentContent) {
|
|
frameselection->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target,
|
|
mouseEvent);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(mouseEvent, this);
|
|
frameselection->HandleDrag(this, pt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The frameselection object notifies selection listeners synchronously above
|
|
// which might have killed us.
|
|
if (!weakThis.IsAlive()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// get the nearest scrollframe
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(this,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
|
|
|
|
if (scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* capturingFrame = scrollFrame->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|
if (capturingFrame) {
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(mouseEvent,
|
|
capturingFrame);
|
|
frameselection->StartAutoScrollTimer(capturingFrame, pt, 30);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* This static method handles part of the nsFrame::HandleRelease in a way
|
|
* which doesn't rely on the nsFrame object to stay alive.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
HandleFrameSelection(nsFrameSelection* aFrameSelection,
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets& aOffsets,
|
|
bool aHandleTableSel,
|
|
int32_t aContentOffsetForTableSel,
|
|
int32_t aTargetForTableSel,
|
|
nsIContent* aParentContentForTableSel,
|
|
WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrameSelection) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus) {
|
|
if (!aHandleTableSel) {
|
|
if (!aOffsets.content || !aFrameSelection->HasDelayedCaretData()) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We are doing this to simulate what we would have done on HandlePress.
|
|
// We didn't do it there to give the user an opportunity to drag
|
|
// the text, but since they didn't drag, we want to place the
|
|
// caret.
|
|
// However, we'll use the mouse position from the release, since:
|
|
// * it's easier
|
|
// * that's the normal click position to use (although really, in
|
|
// the normal case, small movements that don't count as a drag
|
|
// can do selection)
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetDragState(true);
|
|
|
|
rv = aFrameSelection->HandleClick(aOffsets.content,
|
|
aOffsets.StartOffset(),
|
|
aOffsets.EndOffset(),
|
|
aFrameSelection->IsShiftDownInDelayedCaretData(),
|
|
false,
|
|
aOffsets.associate);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aParentContentForTableSel) {
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetDragState(false);
|
|
rv = aFrameSelection->HandleTableSelection(
|
|
aParentContentForTableSel,
|
|
aContentOffsetForTableSel,
|
|
aTargetForTableSel,
|
|
aEvent->AsMouseEvent());
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetDragState(false);
|
|
aFrameSelection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::HandleRelease(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
WidgetGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aEvent->mClass != eMouseEventClass) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* activeFrame = GetActiveSelectionFrame(aPresContext, this);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> captureContent = nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent();
|
|
|
|
// We can unconditionally stop capturing because
|
|
// we should never be capturing when the mouse button is up
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0);
|
|
|
|
bool selectionOff =
|
|
(DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF);
|
|
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameselection;
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
|
|
int32_t contentOffsetForTableSel = 0;
|
|
int32_t targetForTableSel = 0;
|
|
bool handleTableSelection = true;
|
|
|
|
if (!selectionOff) {
|
|
frameselection = GetFrameSelection();
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus && frameselection) {
|
|
// Check if the frameselection recorded the mouse going down.
|
|
// If not, the user must have clicked in a part of the selection.
|
|
// Place the caret before continuing!
|
|
|
|
if (frameselection->MouseDownRecorded()) {
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, this);
|
|
offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
|
|
handleTableSelection = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, PresContext()->PresShell(),
|
|
aEvent->AsMouseEvent(),
|
|
getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
|
|
&contentOffsetForTableSel,
|
|
&targetForTableSel);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We might be capturing in some other document and the event just happened to
|
|
// trickle down here. Make sure that document's frame selection is notified.
|
|
// Note, this may cause the current nsFrame object to be deleted, bug 336592.
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameSelection;
|
|
if (activeFrame != this &&
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(activeFrame)->DisplaySelection(activeFrame->PresContext())
|
|
!= nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
|
|
frameSelection = activeFrame->GetFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Also check the selection of the capturing content which might be in a
|
|
// different document.
|
|
if (!frameSelection && captureContent) {
|
|
nsIDocument* doc = captureContent->GetUncomposedDoc();
|
|
if (doc) {
|
|
nsIPresShell* capturingShell = doc->GetShell();
|
|
if (capturingShell && capturingShell != PresContext()->GetPresShell()) {
|
|
frameSelection = capturingShell->FrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (frameSelection) {
|
|
frameSelection->SetDragState(false);
|
|
frameSelection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(this,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
|
|
if (scrollFrame) {
|
|
// Perform any additional scrolling needed to maintain CSS snap point
|
|
// requirements when autoscrolling is over.
|
|
scrollFrame->ScrollSnap();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do not call any methods of the current object after this point!!!
|
|
// The object is perhaps dead!
|
|
|
|
return selectionOff
|
|
? NS_OK
|
|
: HandleFrameSelection(frameselection, offsets, handleTableSelection,
|
|
contentOffsetForTableSel, targetForTableSel,
|
|
parentContent, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct MOZ_STACK_CLASS FrameContentRange {
|
|
FrameContentRange(nsIContent* aContent, int32_t aStart, int32_t aEnd) :
|
|
content(aContent), start(aStart), end(aEnd) { }
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
|
|
int32_t start;
|
|
int32_t end;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Retrieve the content offsets of a frame
|
|
static FrameContentRange GetRangeForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content, parent;
|
|
content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Frame has no content");
|
|
return FrameContentRange(nullptr, -1, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
nsIAtom* type = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (type == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
int32_t offset, offsetEnd;
|
|
aFrame->GetOffsets(offset, offsetEnd);
|
|
return FrameContentRange(content, offset, offsetEnd);
|
|
}
|
|
if (type == nsGkAtoms::brFrame) {
|
|
parent = content->GetParent();
|
|
int32_t beginOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
return FrameContentRange(parent, beginOffset, beginOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
// Loop to deal with anonymous content, which has no index; this loop
|
|
// probably won't run more than twice under normal conditions
|
|
do {
|
|
parent = content->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
int32_t beginOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
if (beginOffset >= 0)
|
|
return FrameContentRange(parent, beginOffset, beginOffset + 1);
|
|
content = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (parent);
|
|
|
|
// The root content node must act differently
|
|
return FrameContentRange(content, 0, content->GetChildCount());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The FrameTarget represents the closest frame to a point that can be selected
|
|
// The frame is the frame represented, frameEdge says whether one end of the
|
|
// frame is the result (in which case different handling is needed), and
|
|
// afterFrame says which end is repersented if frameEdge is true
|
|
struct FrameTarget {
|
|
FrameTarget(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aFrameEdge, bool aAfterFrame,
|
|
bool aEmptyBlock = false) :
|
|
frame(aFrame), frameEdge(aFrameEdge), afterFrame(aAfterFrame),
|
|
emptyBlock(aEmptyBlock) { }
|
|
static FrameTarget Null() {
|
|
return FrameTarget(nullptr, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
bool IsNull() {
|
|
return !frame;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* frame;
|
|
bool frameEdge;
|
|
bool afterFrame;
|
|
bool emptyBlock;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// See function implementation for information
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags);
|
|
|
|
static bool SelfIsSelectable(nsIFrame* aFrame, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((aFlags & nsIFrame::SKIP_HIDDEN) &&
|
|
!aFrame->StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return !aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() &&
|
|
aFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect != StyleUserSelect::None;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool SelectionDescendToKids(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
StyleUserSelect style = aFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect;
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
// If we are only near (not directly over) then don't traverse
|
|
// frames with independent selection (e.g. text and list controls)
|
|
// unless we're already inside such a frame (see bug 268497). Note that this
|
|
// prevents any of the users of this method from entering form controls.
|
|
// XXX We might want some way to allow using the up-arrow to go into a form
|
|
// control, but the focus didn't work right anyway; it'd probably be enough
|
|
// if the left and right arrows could enter textboxes (which I don't believe
|
|
// they can at the moment)
|
|
return !aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() &&
|
|
style != StyleUserSelect::All &&
|
|
style != StyleUserSelect::None &&
|
|
((parent->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION) ||
|
|
!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(nsIFrame* aChild,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChild->GetParent();
|
|
if (SelectionDescendToKids(aChild)) {
|
|
nsPoint pt = aPoint - aChild->GetOffsetTo(parent);
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrame(aChild, pt, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameTarget(aChild, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the cursor needs to be at the beginning of a block, it shouldn't be
|
|
// before the first child. A click on a block whose first child is a block
|
|
// should put the cursor in the child. The cursor shouldn't be between the
|
|
// blocks, because that's not where it's expected.
|
|
// Note that this method is guaranteed to succeed.
|
|
static FrameTarget DrillDownToSelectionFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
bool aEndFrame, uint32_t aFlags) {
|
|
if (SelectionDescendToKids(aFrame)) {
|
|
nsIFrame* result = nullptr;
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
if (!aEndFrame) {
|
|
while (frame && (!SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags) ||
|
|
frame->IsEmpty()))
|
|
frame = frame->GetNextSibling();
|
|
if (frame)
|
|
result = frame;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Because the frame tree is singly linked, to find the last frame,
|
|
// we have to iterate through all the frames
|
|
// XXX I have a feeling this could be slow for long blocks, although
|
|
// I can't find any slowdowns
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
if (!frame->IsEmpty() && SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags))
|
|
result = frame;
|
|
frame = frame->GetNextSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (result)
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(result, aEndFrame, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
// If the current frame has no targetable children, target the current frame
|
|
return FrameTarget(aFrame, true, aEndFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This method finds the closest valid FrameTarget on a given line; if there is
|
|
// no valid FrameTarget on the line, it returns a null FrameTarget
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForLine(
|
|
nsBlockFrame* aParent,
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator aLine,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aLine->mFirstChild;
|
|
// Account for end of lines (any iterator from the block is valid)
|
|
if (aLine == aParent->LinesEnd())
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aParent, true, aFlags);
|
|
nsIFrame *closestFromIStart = nullptr, *closestFromIEnd = nullptr;
|
|
nscoord closestIStart = aLine->IStart(), closestIEnd = aLine->IEnd();
|
|
WritingMode wm = aLine->mWritingMode;
|
|
LogicalPoint pt(wm, aPoint, aLine->mContainerSize);
|
|
bool canSkipBr = false;
|
|
for (int32_t n = aLine->GetChildCount(); n;
|
|
--n, frame = frame->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
// Skip brFrames. Can only skip if the line contains at least
|
|
// one selectable and non-empty frame before
|
|
if (!SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags) || frame->IsEmpty() ||
|
|
(canSkipBr && frame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame)) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
canSkipBr = true;
|
|
LogicalRect frameRect = LogicalRect(wm, frame->GetRect(),
|
|
aLine->mContainerSize);
|
|
if (pt.I(wm) >= frameRect.IStart(wm)) {
|
|
if (pt.I(wm) < frameRect.IEnd(wm)) {
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(frame, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
if (frameRect.IEnd(wm) >= closestIStart) {
|
|
closestFromIStart = frame;
|
|
closestIStart = frameRect.IEnd(wm);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (frameRect.IStart(wm) <= closestIEnd) {
|
|
closestFromIEnd = frame;
|
|
closestIEnd = frameRect.IStart(wm);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!closestFromIStart && !closestFromIEnd) {
|
|
// We should only get here if there are no selectable frames on a line
|
|
// XXX Do we need more elaborate handling here?
|
|
return FrameTarget::Null();
|
|
}
|
|
if (closestFromIStart &&
|
|
(!closestFromIEnd ||
|
|
(abs(pt.I(wm) - closestIStart) <= abs(pt.I(wm) - closestIEnd)))) {
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFromIStart, aPoint,
|
|
aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFromIEnd, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This method is for the special handling we do for block frames; they're
|
|
// special because they represent paragraphs and because they are organized
|
|
// into lines, which have bounds that are not stored elsewhere in the
|
|
// frame tree. Returns a null FrameTarget for frames which are not
|
|
// blocks or blocks with no lines except editable one.
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBlockFrame* bf = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(aFrame); // used only for QI
|
|
if (!bf)
|
|
return FrameTarget::Null();
|
|
|
|
// This code searches for the correct line
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator firstLine = bf->LinesBegin();
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator end = bf->LinesEnd();
|
|
if (firstLine == end) {
|
|
nsIContent *blockContent = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (blockContent) {
|
|
// Return with empty flag true.
|
|
return FrameTarget(aFrame, false, false, true);
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameTarget::Null();
|
|
}
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator curLine = firstLine;
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator closestLine = end;
|
|
// Convert aPoint into a LogicalPoint in the writing-mode of this block
|
|
WritingMode wm = curLine->mWritingMode;
|
|
LogicalPoint pt(wm, aPoint, curLine->mContainerSize);
|
|
while (curLine != end) {
|
|
// Check to see if our point lies within the line's block-direction bounds
|
|
nscoord BCoord = pt.B(wm) - curLine->BStart();
|
|
nscoord BSize = curLine->BSize();
|
|
if (BCoord >= 0 && BCoord < BSize) {
|
|
closestLine = curLine;
|
|
break; // We found the line; stop looking
|
|
}
|
|
if (BCoord < 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
++curLine;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (closestLine == end) {
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator prevLine = curLine.prev();
|
|
nsBlockFrame::LineIterator nextLine = curLine;
|
|
// Avoid empty lines
|
|
while (nextLine != end && nextLine->IsEmpty())
|
|
++nextLine;
|
|
while (prevLine != end && prevLine->IsEmpty())
|
|
--prevLine;
|
|
|
|
// This hidden pref dictates whether a point above or below all lines comes
|
|
// up with a line or the beginning or end of the frame; 0 on Windows,
|
|
// 1 on other platforms by default at the writing of this code
|
|
int32_t dragOutOfFrame =
|
|
Preferences::GetInt("browser.drag_out_of_frame_style");
|
|
|
|
if (prevLine == end) {
|
|
if (dragOutOfFrame == 1 || nextLine == end)
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, false, aFlags);
|
|
closestLine = nextLine;
|
|
} else if (nextLine == end) {
|
|
if (dragOutOfFrame == 1)
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, true, aFlags);
|
|
closestLine = prevLine;
|
|
} else { // Figure out which line is closer
|
|
if (pt.B(wm) - prevLine->BEnd() < nextLine->BStart() - pt.B(wm))
|
|
closestLine = prevLine;
|
|
else
|
|
closestLine = nextLine;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
FrameTarget target = GetSelectionClosestFrameForLine(bf, closestLine,
|
|
aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
if (!target.IsNull())
|
|
return target;
|
|
++closestLine;
|
|
} while (closestLine != end);
|
|
// Fall back to just targeting the last targetable place
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, true, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetSelectionClosestFrame is the helper function that calculates the closest
|
|
// frame to the given point.
|
|
// It doesn't completely account for offset styles, so needs to be used in
|
|
// restricted environments.
|
|
// Cannot handle overlapping frames correctly, so it should receive the output
|
|
// of GetFrameForPoint
|
|
// Guaranteed to return a valid FrameTarget
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
// Handle blocks; if the frame isn't a block, the method fails
|
|
FrameTarget target = GetSelectionClosestFrameForBlock(aFrame, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
if (!target.IsNull())
|
|
return target;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *kid = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
|
|
if (kid) {
|
|
// Go through all the child frames to find the closest one
|
|
nsIFrame::FrameWithDistance closest = { nullptr, nscoord_MAX, nscoord_MAX };
|
|
for (; kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
if (!SelfIsSelectable(kid, aFlags) || kid->IsEmpty())
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
kid->FindCloserFrameForSelection(aPoint, &closest);
|
|
}
|
|
if (closest.mFrame) {
|
|
if (closest.mFrame->IsSVGText())
|
|
return FrameTarget(closest.mFrame, false, false);
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closest.mFrame, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameTarget(aFrame, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets OffsetsForSingleFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(aFrame);
|
|
offsets.content = range.content;
|
|
// If there are continuations (meaning it's not one rectangle), this is the
|
|
// best this function can do
|
|
if (aFrame->GetNextContinuation() || aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
offsets.offset = range.start;
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
|
|
offsets.associate = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Figure out whether the offsets should be over, after, or before the frame
|
|
nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
bool isBlock = aFrame->GetDisplay() != StyleDisplay::Inline;
|
|
bool isRtl = (aFrame->StyleVisibility()->mDirection == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
|
if ((isBlock && rect.y < aPoint.y) ||
|
|
(!isBlock && ((isRtl && rect.x + rect.width / 2 > aPoint.x) ||
|
|
(!isRtl && rect.x + rect.width / 2 < aPoint.x)))) {
|
|
offsets.offset = range.end;
|
|
if (rect.Contains(aPoint))
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.start;
|
|
else
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
|
|
} else {
|
|
offsets.offset = range.start;
|
|
if (rect.Contains(aPoint))
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
|
|
else
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.start;
|
|
}
|
|
offsets.associate =
|
|
offsets.offset == range.start ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame* AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* adjustedFrame = aFrame;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* frame = aFrame; frame; frame = frame->GetParent())
|
|
{
|
|
// These are the conditions that make all children not able to handle
|
|
// a cursor.
|
|
StyleUserSelect userSelect = frame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect;
|
|
if (userSelect == StyleUserSelect::MozText) {
|
|
// If we see a -moz-text element, we shouldn't look further up the parent
|
|
// chain!
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (userSelect == StyleUserSelect::All ||
|
|
frame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
adjustedFrame = frame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return adjustedFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets nsIFrame::GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *adjustedFrame;
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_SELECTION_STYLE) {
|
|
adjustedFrame = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// This section of code deals with special selection styles. Note that
|
|
// -moz-all exists, even though it doesn't need to be explicitly handled.
|
|
//
|
|
// The offset is forced not to end up in generated content; content offsets
|
|
// cannot represent content outside of the document's content tree.
|
|
|
|
adjustedFrame = AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(this);
|
|
|
|
// -moz-user-select: all needs special handling, because clicking on it
|
|
// should lead to the whole frame being selected
|
|
if (adjustedFrame && adjustedFrame->StyleUIReset()->mUserSelect ==
|
|
StyleUserSelect::All) {
|
|
nsPoint adjustedPoint = aPoint + this->GetOffsetTo(adjustedFrame);
|
|
return OffsetsForSingleFrame(adjustedFrame, adjustedPoint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For other cases, try to find a closest frame starting from the parent of
|
|
// the unselectable frame
|
|
if (adjustedFrame != this)
|
|
adjustedFrame = adjustedFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint adjustedPoint = aPoint + this->GetOffsetTo(adjustedFrame);
|
|
|
|
FrameTarget closest =
|
|
GetSelectionClosestFrame(adjustedFrame, adjustedPoint, aFlags);
|
|
|
|
if (closest.emptyBlock) {
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(closest.frame,
|
|
"closest.frame must not be null when it's empty");
|
|
offsets.content = closest.frame->GetContent();
|
|
offsets.offset = 0;
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = 0;
|
|
offsets.associate = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the correct offset is at one end of a frame, use offset-based
|
|
// calculation method
|
|
if (closest.frameEdge) {
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(closest.frame);
|
|
offsets.content = range.content;
|
|
if (closest.afterFrame)
|
|
offsets.offset = range.end;
|
|
else
|
|
offsets.offset = range.start;
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = offsets.offset;
|
|
offsets.associate = offsets.offset == range.start ?
|
|
CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint pt;
|
|
if (closest.frame != this) {
|
|
if (closest.frame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
pt = nsLayoutUtils::TransformAncestorPointToFrame(closest.frame,
|
|
aPoint, this);
|
|
} else {
|
|
pt = aPoint - closest.frame->GetOffsetTo(this);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
pt = aPoint;
|
|
}
|
|
return static_cast<nsFrame*>(closest.frame)->CalcContentOffsetsFromFramePoint(pt);
|
|
|
|
// XXX should I add some kind of offset standardization?
|
|
// consider <b>xxxxx</b><i>zzzzz</i>; should any click between the last
|
|
// x and first z put the cursor in the same logical position in addition
|
|
// to the same visual position?
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets nsFrame::CalcContentOffsetsFromFramePoint(nsPoint aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
return OffsetsForSingleFrame(this, aPoint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::AssociateImage(const nsStyleImage& aImage, nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aImage.GetType() != eStyleImageType_Image) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
imgRequestProxy* req = aImage.GetImageData();
|
|
if (!req) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mozilla::css::ImageLoader* loader =
|
|
aPresContext->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
|
|
|
|
// If this fails there's not much we can do ...
|
|
loader->AssociateRequestToFrame(req, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetCursor(const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame::Cursor& aCursor)
|
|
{
|
|
FillCursorInformationFromStyle(StyleUserInterface(), aCursor);
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CURSOR_AUTO == aCursor.mCursor) {
|
|
// If this is editable, I-beam cursor is better for most elements.
|
|
aCursor.mCursor =
|
|
(mContent && mContent->IsEditable())
|
|
? NS_STYLE_CURSOR_TEXT : NS_STYLE_CURSOR_DEFAULT;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CURSOR_TEXT == aCursor.mCursor &&
|
|
GetWritingMode().IsVertical()) {
|
|
// Per CSS UI spec, UA may treat value 'text' as
|
|
// 'vertical-text' for vertical text.
|
|
aCursor.mCursor = NS_STYLE_CURSOR_VERTICAL_TEXT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Resize and incremental reflow
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty()
|
|
{
|
|
// This version is meant only for what used to be box-to-block adaptors.
|
|
// It should not be called by other derived classes.
|
|
if (::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)) {
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMinSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockMinSize);
|
|
CoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mFlex);
|
|
CoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mAscent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT) {
|
|
nsFontInflationData::MarkFontInflationDataTextDirty(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetMinISize(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord result = 0;
|
|
DISPLAY_MIN_WIDTH(this, result);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetPrefISize(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord result = 0;
|
|
DISPLAY_PREF_WIDTH(this, result);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::AddInlineMinISize(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord isize = nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(aRenderingContext,
|
|
this, nsLayoutUtils::MIN_ISIZE);
|
|
aData->DefaultAddInlineMinISize(this, isize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::AddInlinePrefISize(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord isize = nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(aRenderingContext,
|
|
this, nsLayoutUtils::PREF_ISIZE);
|
|
aData->DefaultAddInlinePrefISize(isize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData::DefaultAddInlineMinISize(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nscoord aISize,
|
|
bool aAllowBreak)
|
|
{
|
|
auto parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(parent, "Must have a parent if we get here!");
|
|
const bool mayBreak = aAllowBreak &&
|
|
!aFrame->CanContinueTextRun() &&
|
|
!parent->StyleContext()->ShouldSuppressLineBreak() &&
|
|
parent->StyleText()->WhiteSpaceCanWrap(parent);
|
|
if (mayBreak) {
|
|
OptionallyBreak();
|
|
}
|
|
mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
mSkipWhitespace = false;
|
|
mCurrentLine += aISize;
|
|
mAtStartOfLine = false;
|
|
if (mayBreak) {
|
|
OptionallyBreak();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData::DefaultAddInlinePrefISize(nscoord aISize)
|
|
{
|
|
mCurrentLine = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(mCurrentLine, aISize);
|
|
mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
mSkipWhitespace = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData::ForceBreak()
|
|
{
|
|
mCurrentLine -= mTrailingWhitespace;
|
|
mPrevLines = std::max(mPrevLines, mCurrentLine);
|
|
mCurrentLine = mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = mFloats.Length(); i != i_end; ++i) {
|
|
nscoord float_min = mFloats[i].Width();
|
|
if (float_min > mPrevLines)
|
|
mPrevLines = float_min;
|
|
}
|
|
mFloats.Clear();
|
|
mSkipWhitespace = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData::OptionallyBreak(nscoord aHyphenWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
// If we can fit more content into a smaller width by staying on this
|
|
// line (because we're still at a negative offset due to negative
|
|
// text-indent or negative margin), don't break. Otherwise, do the
|
|
// same as ForceBreak. it doesn't really matter when we accumulate
|
|
// floats.
|
|
if (mCurrentLine + aHyphenWidth < 0 || mAtStartOfLine)
|
|
return;
|
|
mCurrentLine += aHyphenWidth;
|
|
ForceBreak();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData::ForceBreak()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mFloats.Length() != 0) {
|
|
// preferred widths accumulated for floats that have already
|
|
// been cleared past
|
|
nscoord floats_done = 0,
|
|
// preferred widths accumulated for floats that have not yet
|
|
// been cleared past
|
|
floats_cur_left = 0,
|
|
floats_cur_right = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = mFloats.Length(); i != i_end; ++i) {
|
|
const FloatInfo& floatInfo = mFloats[i];
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* floatDisp = floatInfo.Frame()->StyleDisplay();
|
|
StyleClear breakType = floatDisp->PhysicalBreakType(mLineContainerWM);
|
|
if (breakType == StyleClear::Left ||
|
|
breakType == StyleClear::Right ||
|
|
breakType == StyleClear::Both) {
|
|
nscoord floats_cur = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur_left,
|
|
floats_cur_right);
|
|
if (floats_cur > floats_done) {
|
|
floats_done = floats_cur;
|
|
}
|
|
if (breakType != StyleClear::Right) {
|
|
floats_cur_left = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (breakType != StyleClear::Left) {
|
|
floats_cur_right = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
StyleFloat floatStyle = floatDisp->PhysicalFloats(mLineContainerWM);
|
|
nscoord& floats_cur =
|
|
floatStyle == StyleFloat::Left ? floats_cur_left : floats_cur_right;
|
|
nscoord floatWidth = floatInfo.Width();
|
|
// Negative-width floats don't change the available space so they
|
|
// shouldn't change our intrinsic line width either.
|
|
floats_cur =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur, std::max(0, floatWidth));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord floats_cur =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur_left, floats_cur_right);
|
|
if (floats_cur > floats_done)
|
|
floats_done = floats_cur;
|
|
|
|
mCurrentLine = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(mCurrentLine, floats_done);
|
|
|
|
mFloats.Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mCurrentLine =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingSubtract(mCurrentLine, mTrailingWhitespace, nscoord_MAX);
|
|
mPrevLines = std::max(mPrevLines, mCurrentLine);
|
|
mCurrentLine = mTrailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
mSkipWhitespace = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
ResolveMargin(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle, nscoord aPercentageBasis)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aStyle.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
return nscoord(0);
|
|
}
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::ResolveToLength<false>(aStyle, aPercentageBasis);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
ResolvePadding(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle, nscoord aPercentageBasis)
|
|
{
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::ResolveToLength<true>(aStyle, aPercentageBasis);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData
|
|
IntrinsicSizeOffsets(nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord aPercentageBasis, bool aForISize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData result;
|
|
WritingMode wm = aFrame->GetWritingMode();
|
|
const auto& margin = aFrame->StyleMargin()->mMargin;
|
|
bool verticalAxis = aForISize == wm.IsVertical();
|
|
if (verticalAxis) {
|
|
result.hMargin += ResolveMargin(margin.GetTop(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
result.hMargin += ResolveMargin(margin.GetBottom(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
} else {
|
|
result.hMargin += ResolveMargin(margin.GetLeft(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
result.hMargin += ResolveMargin(margin.GetRight(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const auto& padding = aFrame->StylePadding()->mPadding;
|
|
if (verticalAxis) {
|
|
result.hPadding += ResolvePadding(padding.GetTop(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
result.hPadding += ResolvePadding(padding.GetBottom(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
} else {
|
|
result.hPadding += ResolvePadding(padding.GetLeft(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
result.hPadding += ResolvePadding(padding.GetRight(), aPercentageBasis);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
|
|
if (verticalAxis) {
|
|
result.hBorder += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(NS_SIDE_TOP);
|
|
result.hBorder += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(NS_SIDE_BOTTOM);
|
|
} else {
|
|
result.hBorder += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(NS_SIDE_LEFT);
|
|
result.hBorder += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(NS_SIDE_RIGHT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (aFrame->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
|
|
nsIntMargin border;
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetBorder(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
aFrame, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&border);
|
|
result.hBorder =
|
|
presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(verticalAxis ? border.TopBottom()
|
|
: border.LeftRight());
|
|
|
|
nsIntMargin padding;
|
|
if (presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetPadding(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
aFrame, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&padding)) {
|
|
result.hPadding =
|
|
presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(verticalAxis ? padding.TopBottom()
|
|
: padding.LeftRight());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData
|
|
nsFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsets(nscoord aPercentageBasis)
|
|
{
|
|
return IntrinsicSizeOffsets(this, aPercentageBasis, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData
|
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicBSizeOffsets(nscoord aPercentageBasis)
|
|
{
|
|
return IntrinsicSizeOffsets(this, aPercentageBasis, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ IntrinsicSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetIntrinsicSize()
|
|
{
|
|
return IntrinsicSize(); // default is width/height set to eStyleUnit_None
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ AspectRatio
|
|
nsFrame::GetIntrinsicRatio()
|
|
{
|
|
return AspectRatio();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */
|
|
LogicalSize
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeSize(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aCBSize,
|
|
nscoord aAvailableISize,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aMargin,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aBorder,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aPadding,
|
|
ComputeSizeFlags aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!GetIntrinsicRatio(),
|
|
"Please override this method and call "
|
|
"nsFrame::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions instead.");
|
|
LogicalSize result = ComputeAutoSize(aRenderingContext, aWM,
|
|
aCBSize, aAvailableISize,
|
|
aMargin, aBorder, aPadding,
|
|
aFlags);
|
|
const nsStylePosition *stylePos = StylePosition();
|
|
|
|
LogicalSize boxSizingAdjust(aWM);
|
|
if (stylePos->mBoxSizing == StyleBoxSizing::Border) {
|
|
boxSizingAdjust = aBorder + aPadding;
|
|
}
|
|
nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize =
|
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM) + aBorder.ISize(aWM) + aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* inlineStyleCoord = &stylePos->ISize(aWM);
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* blockStyleCoord = &stylePos->BSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* parentFrameType = GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetType() : nullptr;
|
|
auto alignCB = GetParent();
|
|
bool isGridItem = (parentFrameType == nsGkAtoms::gridContainerFrame &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW));
|
|
if (parentFrameType == nsGkAtoms::tableWrapperFrame &&
|
|
GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableFrame) {
|
|
// An inner table frame is sized as a grid item if its table wrapper is,
|
|
// because they actually have the same CB (the wrapper's CB).
|
|
// @see ReflowInput::InitCBReflowInput
|
|
auto tableWrapper = GetParent();
|
|
auto grandParent = tableWrapper->GetParent();
|
|
isGridItem = (grandParent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::gridContainerFrame &&
|
|
!(tableWrapper->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW));
|
|
if (isGridItem) {
|
|
// When resolving justify/align-self below, we want to use the grid
|
|
// container's justify/align-items value and WritingMode.
|
|
alignCB = grandParent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
bool isFlexItem = (parentFrameType == nsGkAtoms::flexContainerFrame &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW));
|
|
bool isInlineFlexItem = false;
|
|
if (isFlexItem) {
|
|
// Flex items use their "flex-basis" property in place of their main-size
|
|
// property (e.g. "width") for sizing purposes, *unless* they have
|
|
// "flex-basis:auto", in which case they use their main-size property after
|
|
// all.
|
|
uint32_t flexDirection = GetParent()->StylePosition()->mFlexDirection;
|
|
isInlineFlexItem =
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW ||
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW_REVERSE;
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: The logic here should match the similar chunk for determining
|
|
// inlineStyleCoord and blockStyleCoord in
|
|
// nsFrame::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions().
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* flexBasis = &(stylePos->mFlexBasis);
|
|
if (flexBasis->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
if (isInlineFlexItem) {
|
|
inlineStyleCoord = flexBasis;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// One caveat for vertical flex items: We don't support enumerated
|
|
// values (e.g. "max-content") for height properties yet. So, if our
|
|
// computed flex-basis is an enumerated value, we'll just behave as if
|
|
// it were "auto", which means "use the main-size property after all"
|
|
// (which is "height", in this case).
|
|
// NOTE: Once we support intrinsic sizing keywords for "height",
|
|
// we should remove this check.
|
|
if (flexBasis->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
blockStyleCoord = flexBasis;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Compute inline-axis size
|
|
|
|
if (inlineStyleCoord->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) =
|
|
ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext, aCBSize.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM), boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize,
|
|
*inlineStyleCoord, aFlags);
|
|
} else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isGridItem) &&
|
|
!IS_TRUE_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER(this)) {
|
|
// 'auto' inline-size for grid-level box - fill the CB for 'stretch' /
|
|
// 'normal' and clamp it to the CB if requested:
|
|
bool stretch = false;
|
|
if (!(aFlags & nsIFrame::eShrinkWrap) &&
|
|
!StyleMargin()->HasInlineAxisAuto(aWM)) {
|
|
auto inlineAxisAlignment =
|
|
aWM.IsOrthogonalTo(alignCB->GetWritingMode()) ?
|
|
StylePosition()->UsedAlignSelf(alignCB->StyleContext()) :
|
|
StylePosition()->UsedJustifySelf(alignCB->StyleContext());
|
|
stretch = inlineAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_NORMAL ||
|
|
inlineAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_STRETCH;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stretch || (aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
|
|
auto iSizeToFillCB = std::max(nscoord(0), aCBSize.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aBorder.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM));
|
|
if (stretch || result.ISize(aWM) > iSizeToFillCB) {
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) = iSizeToFillCB;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Flex items ignore their min & max sizing properties in their
|
|
// flex container's main-axis. (Those properties get applied later in
|
|
// the flexbox algorithm.)
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxISizeCoord = stylePos->MaxISize(aWM);
|
|
nscoord maxISize = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
|
|
if (maxISizeCoord.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxISize =
|
|
ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext, aCBSize.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM), boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize,
|
|
maxISizeCoord, aFlags);
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) = std::min(maxISize, result.ISize(aWM));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& minISizeCoord = stylePos->MinISize(aWM);
|
|
nscoord minISize;
|
|
if (minISizeCoord.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
minISize =
|
|
ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext, aCBSize.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM), boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize,
|
|
minISizeCoord, aFlags);
|
|
} else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(aFlags & eIApplyAutoMinSize)) {
|
|
// This implements "Implied Minimum Size of Grid Items".
|
|
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-grid/#min-size-auto
|
|
minISize = std::min(maxISize, GetMinISize(aRenderingContext));
|
|
if (inlineStyleCoord->IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
minISize = std::min(minISize, result.ISize(aWM));
|
|
} else if (aFlags & eIClampMarginBoxMinSize) {
|
|
// "if the grid item spans only grid tracks that have a fixed max track
|
|
// sizing function, its automatic minimum size in that dimension is
|
|
// further clamped to less than or equal to the size necessary to fit
|
|
// its margin box within the resulting grid area (flooring at zero)"
|
|
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-grid/#min-size-auto
|
|
auto maxMinISize = std::max(nscoord(0), aCBSize.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aBorder.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM));
|
|
minISize = std::min(minISize, maxMinISize);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|
minISize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) = std::max(minISize, result.ISize(aWM));
|
|
|
|
// Compute block-axis size
|
|
// (but not if we have auto bsize or if we recieved the "eUseAutoBSize"
|
|
// flag -- then, we'll just stick with the bsize that we already calculated
|
|
// in the initial ComputeAutoSize() call.)
|
|
if (!(aFlags & nsIFrame::eUseAutoBSize)) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(*blockStyleCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM))) {
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
*blockStyleCoord);
|
|
} else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isGridItem) &&
|
|
blockStyleCoord->GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
!IS_TRUE_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER(this)) {
|
|
auto cbSize = aCBSize.BSize(aWM);
|
|
if (cbSize != NS_AUTOHEIGHT) {
|
|
// 'auto' block-size for grid-level box - fill the CB for 'stretch' /
|
|
// 'normal' and clamp it to the CB if requested:
|
|
bool stretch = false;
|
|
if (!StyleMargin()->HasBlockAxisAuto(aWM)) {
|
|
auto blockAxisAlignment =
|
|
!aWM.IsOrthogonalTo(alignCB->GetWritingMode()) ?
|
|
StylePosition()->UsedAlignSelf(alignCB->StyleContext()) :
|
|
StylePosition()->UsedJustifySelf(alignCB->StyleContext());
|
|
stretch = blockAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_NORMAL ||
|
|
blockAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_STRETCH;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stretch || (aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eBClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
|
|
auto bSizeToFillCB = std::max(nscoord(0), cbSize -
|
|
aPadding.BSize(aWM) -
|
|
aBorder.BSize(aWM) -
|
|
aMargin.BSize(aWM));
|
|
if (stretch || (result.BSize(aWM) != NS_AUTOHEIGHT &&
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) > bSizeToFillCB)) {
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) = bSizeToFillCB;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxBSizeCoord = stylePos->MaxBSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (result.BSize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(maxBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
nscoord maxBSize =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
maxBSizeCoord);
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) = std::min(maxBSize, result.BSize(aWM));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& minBSizeCoord = stylePos->MinBSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(minBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
nscoord minBSize =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
minBSizeCoord);
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) = std::max(minBSize, result.BSize(aWM));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize widget;
|
|
bool canOverride = true;
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->
|
|
GetMinimumWidgetSize(presContext, this, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&widget, &canOverride);
|
|
|
|
// Convert themed widget's physical dimensions to logical coords
|
|
LogicalSize size(aWM,
|
|
nsSize(presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.width),
|
|
presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.height)));
|
|
|
|
// GMWS() returns border-box; we need content-box
|
|
size.ISize(aWM) -= aBorder.ISize(aWM) + aPadding.ISize(aWM);
|
|
size.BSize(aWM) -= aBorder.BSize(aWM) + aPadding.BSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (size.BSize(aWM) > result.BSize(aWM) || !canOverride) {
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) = size.BSize(aWM);
|
|
}
|
|
if (size.ISize(aWM) > result.ISize(aWM) || !canOverride) {
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) = size.ISize(aWM);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) = std::max(0, result.ISize(aWM));
|
|
result.BSize(aWM) = std::max(0, result.BSize(aWM));
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
LogicalSize
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|
const AspectRatio& aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aCBSize,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aMargin,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aBorder,
|
|
const LogicalSize& aPadding,
|
|
ComputeSizeFlags aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
auto logicalRatio =
|
|
aWM.IsVertical() ? aIntrinsicRatio.Inverted() : aIntrinsicRatio;
|
|
const nsStylePosition* stylePos = StylePosition();
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* inlineStyleCoord = &stylePos->ISize(aWM);
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* blockStyleCoord = &stylePos->BSize(aWM);
|
|
const nsIAtom* parentFrameType =
|
|
GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetType() : nullptr;
|
|
const bool isGridItem = (parentFrameType == nsGkAtoms::gridContainerFrame &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW));
|
|
const bool isFlexItem = (parentFrameType == nsGkAtoms::flexContainerFrame &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW));
|
|
bool isInlineFlexItem = false;
|
|
Maybe<nsStyleCoord> imposedMainSizeStyleCoord;
|
|
|
|
// If this is a flex item, and we're measuring its cross size after flexing
|
|
// to resolve its main size, then we need to use the resolved main size
|
|
// that the container provides to us *instead of* the main-size coordinate
|
|
// from our style struct. (Otherwise, we'll be using an irrelevant value in
|
|
// the aspect-ratio calculations below.)
|
|
if (isFlexItem) {
|
|
uint32_t flexDirection =
|
|
GetParent()->StylePosition()->mFlexDirection;
|
|
isInlineFlexItem =
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW ||
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW_REVERSE;
|
|
|
|
// If FlexItemMainSizeOverride frame-property is set, then that means the
|
|
// flex container is imposing a main-size on this flex item for it to use
|
|
// as its size in the container's main axis.
|
|
bool didImposeMainSize;
|
|
nscoord imposedMainSize =
|
|
GetProperty(nsIFrame::FlexItemMainSizeOverride(), &didImposeMainSize);
|
|
if (didImposeMainSize) {
|
|
imposedMainSizeStyleCoord.emplace(imposedMainSize,
|
|
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor);
|
|
if (isInlineFlexItem) {
|
|
inlineStyleCoord = imposedMainSizeStyleCoord.ptr();
|
|
} else {
|
|
blockStyleCoord = imposedMainSizeStyleCoord.ptr();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Flex items use their "flex-basis" property in place of their main-size
|
|
// property (e.g. "width") for sizing purposes, *unless* they have
|
|
// "flex-basis:auto", in which case they use their main-size property
|
|
// after all.
|
|
// NOTE: The logic here should match the similar chunk for determining
|
|
// inlineStyleCoord and blockStyleCoord in nsFrame::ComputeSize().
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* flexBasis = &(stylePos->mFlexBasis);
|
|
if (flexBasis->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
if (isInlineFlexItem) {
|
|
inlineStyleCoord = flexBasis;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// One caveat for vertical flex items: We don't support enumerated
|
|
// values (e.g. "max-content") for height properties yet. So, if our
|
|
// computed flex-basis is an enumerated value, we'll just behave as if
|
|
// it were "auto", which means "use the main-size property after all"
|
|
// (which is "height", in this case).
|
|
// NOTE: Once we support intrinsic sizing keywords for "height",
|
|
// we should remove this check.
|
|
if (flexBasis->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
blockStyleCoord = flexBasis;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handle intrinsic sizes and their interaction with
|
|
// {min-,max-,}{width,height} according to the rules in
|
|
// http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths
|
|
|
|
// Note: throughout the following section of the function, I avoid
|
|
// a * (b / c) because of its reduced accuracy relative to a * b / c
|
|
// or (a * b) / c (which are equivalent).
|
|
|
|
const bool isAutoISize = inlineStyleCoord->GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto;
|
|
const bool isAutoBSize =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(*blockStyleCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM));
|
|
|
|
LogicalSize boxSizingAdjust(aWM);
|
|
if (stylePos->mBoxSizing == StyleBoxSizing::Border) {
|
|
boxSizingAdjust = aBorder + aPadding;
|
|
}
|
|
nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize =
|
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM) + aBorder.ISize(aWM) + aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
nscoord iSize, minISize, maxISize, bSize, minBSize, maxBSize;
|
|
enum class Stretch {
|
|
// stretch to fill the CB (preserving intrinsic ratio) in the relevant axis
|
|
eStretchPreservingRatio,
|
|
// stretch to fill the CB in the relevant axis
|
|
eStretch,
|
|
// no stretching in the relevant axis
|
|
eNoStretch,
|
|
};
|
|
// just to avoid having to type these out everywhere:
|
|
const auto eStretchPreservingRatio = Stretch::eStretchPreservingRatio;
|
|
const auto eStretch = Stretch::eStretch;
|
|
const auto eNoStretch = Stretch::eNoStretch;
|
|
|
|
Stretch stretchI = eNoStretch; // stretch behavior in the inline axis
|
|
Stretch stretchB = eNoStretch; // stretch behavior in the block axis
|
|
|
|
if (!isAutoISize) {
|
|
iSize = ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, *inlineStyleCoord, aFlags);
|
|
} else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isGridItem)) {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!IS_TRUE_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER(this));
|
|
// 'auto' inline-size for grid-level box - apply 'stretch' as needed:
|
|
auto cbSize = aCBSize.ISize(aWM);
|
|
if (cbSize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
|
|
if (!StyleMargin()->HasInlineAxisAuto(aWM)) {
|
|
auto inlineAxisAlignment =
|
|
aWM.IsOrthogonalTo(GetParent()->GetWritingMode()) ?
|
|
stylePos->UsedAlignSelf(GetParent()->StyleContext()) :
|
|
stylePos->UsedJustifySelf(GetParent()->StyleContext());
|
|
if (inlineAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_NORMAL) {
|
|
stretchI = eStretchPreservingRatio;
|
|
} else if (inlineAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_STRETCH) {
|
|
stretchI = eStretch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (stretchI != eNoStretch ||
|
|
(aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
|
|
iSize = std::max(nscoord(0), cbSize -
|
|
aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aBorder.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Reset this flag to avoid applying the clamping below.
|
|
aFlags = ComputeSizeFlags(aFlags &
|
|
~ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxISizeCoord = stylePos->MaxISize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (maxISizeCoord.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxISize = ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, maxISizeCoord, aFlags);
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxISize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: Flex items ignore their min & max sizing properties in their
|
|
// flex container's main-axis. (Those properties get applied later in
|
|
// the flexbox algorithm.)
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& minISizeCoord = stylePos->MinISize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (minISizeCoord.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
minISize = ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, minISizeCoord, aFlags);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|
minISize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!isAutoBSize) {
|
|
bSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
*blockStyleCoord);
|
|
} else if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isGridItem)) {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!IS_TRUE_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER(this));
|
|
// 'auto' block-size for grid-level box - apply 'stretch' as needed:
|
|
auto cbSize = aCBSize.BSize(aWM);
|
|
if (cbSize != NS_AUTOHEIGHT) {
|
|
if (!StyleMargin()->HasBlockAxisAuto(aWM)) {
|
|
auto blockAxisAlignment =
|
|
!aWM.IsOrthogonalTo(GetParent()->GetWritingMode()) ?
|
|
stylePos->UsedAlignSelf(GetParent()->StyleContext()) :
|
|
stylePos->UsedJustifySelf(GetParent()->StyleContext());
|
|
if (blockAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_NORMAL) {
|
|
stretchB = eStretchPreservingRatio;
|
|
} else if (blockAxisAlignment == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_STRETCH) {
|
|
stretchB = eStretch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (stretchB != eNoStretch ||
|
|
(aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eBClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
|
|
bSize = std::max(nscoord(0), cbSize -
|
|
aPadding.BSize(aWM) -
|
|
aBorder.BSize(aWM) -
|
|
aMargin.BSize(aWM));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Reset this flag to avoid applying the clamping below.
|
|
aFlags = ComputeSizeFlags(aFlags &
|
|
~ComputeSizeFlags::eBClampMarginBoxMinSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxBSizeCoord = stylePos->MaxBSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(maxBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM), maxBSizeCoord);
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxBSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& minBSizeCoord = stylePos->MinBSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoBSize(minBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
minBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM), minBSizeCoord);
|
|
} else {
|
|
minBSize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Resolve percentage intrinsic iSize/bSize as necessary:
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCBSize.ISize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"Our containing block must not have unconstrained inline-size!");
|
|
|
|
const bool isVertical = aWM.IsVertical();
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& isizeCoord =
|
|
isVertical ? aIntrinsicSize.height : aIntrinsicSize.width;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& bsizeCoord =
|
|
isVertical ? aIntrinsicSize.width : aIntrinsicSize.height;
|
|
|
|
bool hasIntrinsicISize, hasIntrinsicBSize;
|
|
nscoord intrinsicISize, intrinsicBSize;
|
|
|
|
if (isizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
hasIntrinsicISize = true;
|
|
intrinsicISize = isizeCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
if (intrinsicISize < 0)
|
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(isizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
hasIntrinsicISize = false;
|
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (bsizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = true;
|
|
intrinsicBSize = bsizeCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
if (intrinsicBSize < 0)
|
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(bsizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = false;
|
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now calculate the used values for iSize and bSize:
|
|
|
|
if (isAutoISize) {
|
|
if (isAutoBSize) {
|
|
|
|
// 'auto' iSize, 'auto' bSize
|
|
|
|
// Get tentative values - CSS 2.1 sections 10.3.2 and 10.6.2:
|
|
|
|
nscoord tentISize, tentBSize;
|
|
|
|
if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|
tentISize = intrinsicISize;
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize && logicalRatio) {
|
|
tentISize = logicalRatio.ApplyTo(intrinsicBSize);
|
|
} else if (logicalRatio) {
|
|
tentISize = aCBSize.ISize(aWM) - boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize; // XXX scrollbar?
|
|
if (tentISize < 0) tentISize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
tentISize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we need to clamp the inline size to fit the CB, we use the 'stretch'
|
|
// or 'normal' codepath. We use the ratio-preserving 'normal' codepath
|
|
// unless we have 'stretch' in the other axis.
|
|
if ((aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize) &&
|
|
stretchI != eStretch && tentISize > iSize) {
|
|
stretchI = (stretchB == eStretch ? eStretch : eStretchPreservingRatio);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|
tentBSize = intrinsicBSize;
|
|
} else if (logicalRatio) {
|
|
tentBSize = logicalRatio.Inverted().ApplyTo(tentISize);
|
|
} else {
|
|
tentBSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (ditto the comment about clamping the inline size above)
|
|
if ((aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eBClampMarginBoxMinSize) &&
|
|
stretchB != eStretch && tentBSize > bSize) {
|
|
stretchB = (stretchI == eStretch ? eStretch : eStretchPreservingRatio);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (logicalRatio) {
|
|
if (stretchI == eStretch) {
|
|
tentISize = iSize; // * / 'stretch'
|
|
if (stretchB == eStretch) {
|
|
tentBSize = bSize; // 'stretch' / 'stretch'
|
|
} else if (stretchB == eStretchPreservingRatio) {
|
|
// 'normal' / 'stretch'
|
|
tentBSize = logicalRatio.Inverted().ApplyTo(iSize);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (stretchB == eStretch) {
|
|
tentBSize = bSize; // 'stretch' / * (except 'stretch')
|
|
if (stretchI == eStretchPreservingRatio) {
|
|
// 'stretch' / 'normal'
|
|
tentISize = logicalRatio.ApplyTo(bSize);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (stretchI == eStretchPreservingRatio) {
|
|
tentISize = iSize; // * (except 'stretch') / 'normal'
|
|
tentBSize = logicalRatio.Inverted().ApplyTo(iSize);
|
|
if (stretchB == eStretchPreservingRatio && tentBSize > bSize) {
|
|
// Stretch within the CB size with preserved intrinsic ratio.
|
|
tentBSize = bSize; // 'normal' / 'normal'
|
|
tentISize = logicalRatio.ApplyTo(bSize);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (stretchB == eStretchPreservingRatio) {
|
|
tentBSize = bSize; // 'normal' / * (except 'normal' and 'stretch')
|
|
tentISize = logicalRatio.ApplyTo(bSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions preserves the ratio when applying
|
|
// the min/max-size. We don't want that when we have 'stretch' in either
|
|
// axis because tentISize/tentBSize is likely not according to ratio now.
|
|
if (logicalRatio && stretchI != eStretch && stretchB != eStretch) {
|
|
nsSize autoSize = nsLayoutUtils::
|
|
ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(minISize, minBSize,
|
|
maxISize, maxBSize,
|
|
tentISize, tentBSize);
|
|
// The nsSize that ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions returns will
|
|
// actually contain logical values if the parameters passed to it were
|
|
// logical coordinates, so we do NOT perform a physical-to-logical
|
|
// conversion here, but just assign the fields directly to our result.
|
|
iSize = autoSize.width;
|
|
bSize = autoSize.height;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Not honoring an intrinsic ratio: clamp the dimensions independently.
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentISize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentBSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// 'auto' iSize, non-'auto' bSize
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
if (stretchI != eStretch) {
|
|
if (logicalRatio) {
|
|
iSize = logicalRatio.ApplyTo(bSize);
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|
if (!((aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize) &&
|
|
intrinsicISize > iSize)) {
|
|
iSize = intrinsicISize;
|
|
} // else - leave iSize as is to fill the CB
|
|
} else {
|
|
iSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|
}
|
|
} // else - leave iSize as is to fill the CB
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (isAutoBSize) {
|
|
|
|
// non-'auto' iSize, 'auto' bSize
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
if (stretchB != eStretch) {
|
|
if (logicalRatio) {
|
|
bSize = logicalRatio.Inverted().ApplyTo(iSize);
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|
if (!((aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eBClampMarginBoxMinSize) &&
|
|
intrinsicBSize > bSize)) {
|
|
bSize = intrinsicBSize;
|
|
} // else - leave bSize as is to fill the CB
|
|
} else {
|
|
bSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|
}
|
|
} // else - leave bSize as is to fill the CB
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// non-'auto' iSize, non-'auto' bSize
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return LogicalSize(aWM, iSize, bSize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeTightBounds(DrawTarget* aDrawTarget) const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeSimpleTightBounds(DrawTarget* aDrawTarget) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (StyleOutline()->mOutlineStyle != NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE ||
|
|
StyleBorder()->HasBorder() || !StyleBackground()->IsTransparent() ||
|
|
StyleDisplay()->mAppearance) {
|
|
// Not necessarily tight, due to clipping, negative
|
|
// outline-offset, and lots of other issues, but that's OK
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
r.UnionRect(r, child->ComputeTightBounds(aDrawTarget) + child->GetPosition());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPrefWidthTightBounds(nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|
nscoord* aX,
|
|
nscoord* aXMost)
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */
|
|
LogicalSize
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeAutoSize(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aCBSize,
|
|
nscoord aAvailableISize,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aMargin,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aBorder,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aPadding,
|
|
ComputeSizeFlags aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
// Use basic shrink-wrapping as a default implementation.
|
|
LogicalSize result(aWM, 0xdeadbeef, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
|
|
// don't bother setting it if the result won't be used
|
|
if (StylePosition()->ISize(aWM).GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
nscoord availBased = aAvailableISize - aMargin.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
aBorder.ISize(aWM) - aPadding.ISize(aWM);
|
|
result.ISize(aWM) = ShrinkWidthToFit(aRenderingContext, availBased, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::ShrinkWidthToFit(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nscoord aISizeInCB,
|
|
ComputeSizeFlags aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
// If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
|
|
|
|
nscoord result;
|
|
nscoord minISize = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
if (minISize > aISizeInCB) {
|
|
const bool clamp = aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize;
|
|
result = MOZ_UNLIKELY(clamp) ? aISizeInCB : minISize;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nscoord prefISize = GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
if (prefISize > aISizeInCB) {
|
|
result = aISizeInCB;
|
|
} else {
|
|
result = prefISize;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeISizeValue(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockISize,
|
|
nscoord aContentEdgeToBoxSizing,
|
|
nscoord aBoxSizingToMarginEdge,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
|
|
ComputeSizeFlags aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRenderingContext, "non-null rendering context expected");
|
|
LAYOUT_WARN_IF_FALSE(aContainingBlockISize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"have unconstrained inline-size; this should only result from "
|
|
"very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic inline-size "
|
|
"calculation");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContainingBlockISize >= 0,
|
|
"inline-size less than zero");
|
|
|
|
nscoord result;
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
result = nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord,
|
|
aContainingBlockISize);
|
|
// The result of a calc() expression might be less than 0; we
|
|
// should clamp at runtime (below). (Percentages and coords that
|
|
// are less than 0 have already been dropped by the parser.)
|
|
result -= aContentEdgeToBoxSizing;
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(eStyleUnit_Enumerated == aCoord.GetUnit());
|
|
// If 'this' is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
|
|
|
|
int32_t val = aCoord.GetIntValue();
|
|
switch (val) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT:
|
|
result = GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT:
|
|
result = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
|
|
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
|
|
auto available = aContainingBlockISize -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
result = std::min(available, result);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT:
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord pref = GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|
min = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|
fill = aContainingBlockISize -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(aFlags & ComputeSizeFlags::eIClampMarginBoxMinSize)) {
|
|
min = std::min(min, fill);
|
|
}
|
|
result = std::max(min, std::min(pref, fill));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE:
|
|
result = aContainingBlockISize -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return std::max(0, result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DidReflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const ReflowInput* aReflowInput,
|
|
nsDidReflowStatus aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FRAME_TRACE_MSG(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS,
|
|
("nsFrame::DidReflow: aStatus=%d", static_cast<uint32_t>(aStatus)));
|
|
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this, nsSVGEffects::INVALIDATE_REFLOW);
|
|
|
|
if (nsDidReflowStatus::FINISHED == aStatus) {
|
|
mState &= ~(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY |
|
|
NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Notify the percent bsize observer if there is a percent bsize.
|
|
// The observer may be able to initiate another reflow with a computed
|
|
// bsize. This happens in the case where a table cell has no computed
|
|
// bsize but can fabricate one when the cell bsize is known.
|
|
if (aReflowInput && aReflowInput->mPercentBSizeObserver &&
|
|
!GetPrevInFlow()) {
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &bsize =
|
|
aReflowInput->mStylePosition->BSize(aReflowInput->GetWritingMode());
|
|
if (bsize.HasPercent()) {
|
|
aReflowInput->mPercentBSizeObserver->NotifyPercentBSize(*aReflowInput);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aPresContext->ReflowedFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::FinishReflowWithAbsoluteFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
|
|
const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus,
|
|
bool aConstrainBSize)
|
|
{
|
|
ReflowAbsoluteFrames(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, aReflowInput, aStatus, aConstrainBSize);
|
|
|
|
FinishAndStoreOverflow(&aDesiredSize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::ReflowAbsoluteFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
|
|
const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus,
|
|
bool aConstrainBSize)
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* absoluteContainer = GetAbsoluteContainingBlock();
|
|
|
|
// Let the absolutely positioned container reflow any absolutely positioned
|
|
// child frames that need to be reflowed
|
|
|
|
// The containing block for the abs pos kids is formed by our padding edge.
|
|
nsMargin usedBorder = GetUsedBorder();
|
|
nscoord containingBlockWidth =
|
|
std::max(0, aDesiredSize.Width() - usedBorder.LeftRight());
|
|
nscoord containingBlockHeight =
|
|
std::max(0, aDesiredSize.Height() - usedBorder.TopBottom());
|
|
nsContainerFrame* container = do_QueryFrame(this);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(container, "Abs-pos children only supported on container frames for now");
|
|
|
|
nsRect containingBlock(0, 0, containingBlockWidth, containingBlockHeight);
|
|
AbsPosReflowFlags flags =
|
|
AbsPosReflowFlags::eCBWidthAndHeightChanged; // XXX could be optimized
|
|
if (aConstrainBSize) {
|
|
flags |= AbsPosReflowFlags::eConstrainHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
absoluteContainer->Reflow(container, aPresContext, aReflowInput, aStatus,
|
|
containingBlock, flags,
|
|
&aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::PushDirtyBitToAbsoluteFrames()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)) {
|
|
return; // No dirty bit to push.
|
|
}
|
|
if (!HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
|
|
return; // No absolute children to push to.
|
|
}
|
|
GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->MarkAllFramesDirty();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::CanContinueTextRun() const
|
|
{
|
|
// By default, a frame will *not* allow a text run to be continued
|
|
// through it.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::Reflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
|
|
const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
MarkInReflow();
|
|
DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsFrame");
|
|
aDesiredSize.ClearSize();
|
|
aStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
NS_FRAME_SET_TRUNCATION(aStatus, aReflowInput, aDesiredSize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::CharacterDataChanged(CharacterDataChangeInfo* aInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("should only be called for text frames");
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::AttributeChanged(int32_t aNameSpaceID,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAttribute,
|
|
int32_t aModType)
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Flow member functions
|
|
|
|
nsSplittableType
|
|
nsFrame::GetSplittableType() const
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_FRAME_NOT_SPLITTABLE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetPrevContinuation() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetPrevContinuation(nsIFrame* aPrevContinuation)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetNextContinuation() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetNextContinuation(nsIFrame*)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetPrevInFlowVirtual() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetPrevInFlow(nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetNextInFlowVirtual() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetNextInFlow(nsIFrame*)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "not splittable");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetTailContinuation()
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = this;
|
|
while (frame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|
frame = frame->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frame, "first continuation can't be overflow container");
|
|
}
|
|
for (nsIFrame* next = frame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|
next && !(next->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER);
|
|
next = frame->GetNextContinuation()) {
|
|
frame = next;
|
|
}
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(frame, "illegal state in continuation chain.");
|
|
return frame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_WITHOUT_DTOR(ViewProperty, nsView)
|
|
|
|
// Associated view object
|
|
nsView*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetView() const
|
|
{
|
|
// Check the frame state bit and see if the frame has a view
|
|
if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW))
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// Check for a property on the frame
|
|
nsView* value = GetProperty(ViewProperty());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(value, "frame state bit was set but frame has no view");
|
|
return value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::SetView(nsView* aView)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aView) {
|
|
aView->SetFrame(this);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = GetType();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frameType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame ||
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::subDocumentFrame ||
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame ||
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::objectFrame ||
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame ||
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame,
|
|
"Only specific frame types can have an nsView");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Set a property on the frame
|
|
SetProperty(ViewProperty(), aView);
|
|
|
|
// Set the frame state bit that says the frame has a view
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW);
|
|
|
|
// Let all of the ancestors know they have a descendant with a view.
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = GetParent();
|
|
f && !(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
f = f->GetParent())
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the first geometric parent that has a view
|
|
nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetAncestorWithView() const
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = GetParent(); nullptr != f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->HasView()) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetTo(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aOther,
|
|
"Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(PresContext() == aOther->PresContext(),
|
|
"GetOffsetTo called on frames in different documents");
|
|
|
|
nsPoint offset(0, 0);
|
|
const nsIFrame* f;
|
|
for (f = this; f != aOther && f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
offset += f->GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (f != aOther) {
|
|
// Looks like aOther wasn't an ancestor of |this|. So now we have
|
|
// the root-frame-relative position of |this| in |offset|. Convert back
|
|
// to the coordinates of aOther
|
|
while (aOther) {
|
|
offset -= aOther->GetPosition();
|
|
aOther = aOther->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetOffsetToCrossDoc(aOther, PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOffsetToCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aOther, const int32_t aAPD) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aOther,
|
|
"Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() ==
|
|
aOther->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext(),
|
|
"trying to get the offset between frames in different document "
|
|
"hierarchies?");
|
|
if (PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() !=
|
|
aOther->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext()) {
|
|
// crash right away, we are almost certainly going to crash anyway.
|
|
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("trying to get the offset between frames in different "
|
|
"document hierarchies?");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsIFrame* root = nullptr;
|
|
// offset will hold the final offset
|
|
// docOffset holds the currently accumulated offset at the current APD, it
|
|
// will be converted and added to offset when the current APD changes.
|
|
nsPoint offset(0, 0), docOffset(0, 0);
|
|
const nsIFrame* f = this;
|
|
int32_t currAPD = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
while (f && f != aOther) {
|
|
docOffset += f->GetPosition();
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsPoint newOffset(0, 0);
|
|
root = f;
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f, &newOffset);
|
|
int32_t newAPD = f ? f->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel() : 0;
|
|
if (!f || newAPD != currAPD) {
|
|
// Convert docOffset to the right APD and add it to offset.
|
|
offset += docOffset.ScaleToOtherAppUnits(currAPD, aAPD);
|
|
docOffset.x = docOffset.y = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
currAPD = newAPD;
|
|
docOffset += newOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (f == aOther) {
|
|
offset += docOffset.ScaleToOtherAppUnits(currAPD, aAPD);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Looks like aOther wasn't an ancestor of |this|. So now we have
|
|
// the root-document-relative position of |this| in |offset|. Subtract the
|
|
// root-document-relative position of |aOther| from |offset|.
|
|
// This call won't try to recurse again because root is an ancestor of
|
|
// aOther.
|
|
nsPoint negOffset = aOther->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(root, aAPD);
|
|
offset -= negOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetScreenRectInAppUnits().ToNearestPixels(PresContext()->AppUnitsPerCSSPixel());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRectInAppUnits() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame =
|
|
presContext->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
nsPoint rootScreenPos(0, 0);
|
|
nsPoint rootFrameOffsetInParent(0, 0);
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrameParent =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(rootFrame, &rootFrameOffsetInParent);
|
|
if (rootFrameParent) {
|
|
nsRect parentScreenRectAppUnits = rootFrameParent->GetScreenRectInAppUnits();
|
|
nsPresContext* parentPresContext = rootFrameParent->PresContext();
|
|
double parentScale = double(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel())/
|
|
parentPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
nsPoint rootPt = parentScreenRectAppUnits.TopLeft() + rootFrameOffsetInParent;
|
|
rootScreenPos.x = NS_round(parentScale*rootPt.x);
|
|
rootScreenPos.y = NS_round(parentScale*rootPt.y);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> rootWidget;
|
|
presContext->PresShell()->GetViewManager()->GetRootWidget(getter_AddRefs(rootWidget));
|
|
if (rootWidget) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint rootDevPx = rootWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|
rootScreenPos.x = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(rootDevPx.x);
|
|
rootScreenPos.y = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(rootDevPx.y);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsRect(rootScreenPos + GetOffsetTo(rootFrame), GetSize());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the offset from this frame to the closest geometric parent that
|
|
// has a view. Also returns the containing view or null in case of error
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOffsetFromView(nsPoint& aOffset, nsView** aView) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(nullptr != aView, "null OUT parameter pointer");
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
|
|
*aView = nullptr;
|
|
aOffset.MoveTo(0, 0);
|
|
do {
|
|
aOffset += frame->GetPosition();
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
} while (frame && !frame->HasView());
|
|
|
|
if (frame) {
|
|
*aView = frame->GetView();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetNearestWidget() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetClosestView()->GetNearestWidget(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetNearestWidget(nsPoint& aOffset) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint offsetToView;
|
|
nsPoint offsetToWidget;
|
|
nsIWidget* widget =
|
|
GetClosestView(&offsetToView)->GetNearestWidget(&offsetToWidget);
|
|
aOffset = offsetToView + offsetToWidget;
|
|
return widget;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom*
|
|
nsFrame::GetType() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsLeaf() const
|
|
{
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Matrix4x4
|
|
nsIFrame::GetTransformMatrix(const nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor,
|
|
nsIFrame** aOutAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aOutAncestor, "Need a place to put the ancestor!");
|
|
|
|
/* If we're transformed, we want to hand back the combination
|
|
* transform/translate matrix that will apply our current transform, then
|
|
* shift us to our parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
/* Compute the delta to the parent, which we need because we are converting
|
|
* coordinates to our parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this),
|
|
"Cannot transform the viewport frame!");
|
|
int32_t scaleFactor = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
|
|
Matrix4x4 result = nsDisplayTransform::GetResultingTransformMatrix(this,
|
|
nsPoint(0,0), scaleFactor,
|
|
nsDisplayTransform::INCLUDE_PERSPECTIVE|nsDisplayTransform::OFFSET_BY_ORIGIN,
|
|
nullptr);
|
|
*aOutAncestor = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this);
|
|
nsPoint delta = GetOffsetToCrossDoc(*aOutAncestor);
|
|
/* Combine the raw transform with a translation to our parent. */
|
|
result.PostTranslate(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.x, scaleFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.y, scaleFactor),
|
|
0.0f);
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(this) &&
|
|
GetType() == nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame) {
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIFrame* docRootFrame = presContext->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
|
|
// Compute a matrix that transforms from the popup widget to the toplevel
|
|
// widget. We use the widgets because they're the simplest and most
|
|
// accurate approach --- this should work no matter how the widget position
|
|
// was chosen.
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = GetView()->GetWidget();
|
|
nsPresContext* rootPresContext = PresContext()->GetRootPresContext();
|
|
// Maybe the widget hasn't been created yet? Popups without widgets are
|
|
// treated as regular frames. That should work since they'll be rendered
|
|
// as part of the page if they're rendered at all.
|
|
if (widget && rootPresContext) {
|
|
nsIWidget* toplevel = rootPresContext->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (toplevel) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect screenBounds = widget->GetClientBounds();
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect toplevelScreenBounds = toplevel->GetClientBounds();
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint translation =
|
|
screenBounds.TopLeft() - toplevelScreenBounds.TopLeft();
|
|
|
|
Matrix4x4 transformToTop;
|
|
transformToTop._41 = translation.x;
|
|
transformToTop._42 = translation.y;
|
|
|
|
*aOutAncestor = docRootFrame;
|
|
Matrix4x4 docRootTransformToTop =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(docRootFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (docRootTransformToTop.IsSingular()) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Containing document is invisible, we can't compute a valid transform");
|
|
} else {
|
|
docRootTransformToTop.Invert();
|
|
return transformToTop * docRootTransformToTop;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*aOutAncestor = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this);
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, we're not transformed. In that case, we'll walk up the frame
|
|
* tree until we either hit the root frame or something that may be
|
|
* transformed. We'll then change coordinates into that frame, since we're
|
|
* guaranteed that nothing in-between can be transformed. First, however,
|
|
* we have to check to see if we have a parent. If not, we'll set the
|
|
* outparam to null (indicating that there's nothing left) and will hand back
|
|
* the identity matrix.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!*aOutAncestor)
|
|
return Matrix4x4();
|
|
|
|
/* Keep iterating while the frame can't possibly be transformed. */
|
|
while (!(*aOutAncestor)->IsTransformed() &&
|
|
!nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(*aOutAncestor) &&
|
|
*aOutAncestor != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|
/* If no parent, stop iterating. Otherwise, update the ancestor. */
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(*aOutAncestor);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
*aOutAncestor = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(*aOutAncestor, "Somehow ended up with a null ancestor...?");
|
|
|
|
/* Translate from this frame to our ancestor, if it exists. That's the
|
|
* entire transform, so we're done.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsPoint delta = GetOffsetToCrossDoc(*aOutAncestor);
|
|
int32_t scaleFactor = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
return Matrix4x4::Translation(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.x, scaleFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.y, scaleFactor),
|
|
0.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void InvalidateRenderingObservers(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(aFrame);
|
|
nsIFrame* displayRoot = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame;
|
|
while (parent != displayRoot &&
|
|
(parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(parent)) &&
|
|
!parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(parent);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
SchedulePaintInternal(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame::PaintType aType = nsIFrame::PAINT_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* displayRoot = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
|
|
nsPresContext* pres = displayRoot->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext();
|
|
|
|
// No need to schedule a paint for an external document since they aren't
|
|
// painted directly.
|
|
if (!pres || (pres->Document() && pres->Document()->IsResourceDoc())) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!pres->GetContainerWeak()) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Shouldn't call SchedulePaint in a detached pres context");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pres->PresShell()->ScheduleViewManagerFlush(aType == nsIFrame::PAINT_DELAYED_COMPRESS ?
|
|
nsIPresShell::PAINT_DELAYED_COMPRESS :
|
|
nsIPresShell::PAINT_DEFAULT);
|
|
|
|
if (aType == nsIFrame::PAINT_DELAYED_COMPRESS) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aType == nsIFrame::PAINT_DEFAULT) {
|
|
displayRoot->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE);
|
|
}
|
|
nsIPresShell* shell = aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
shell->AddInvalidateHiddenPresShellObserver(pres->RefreshDriver());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void InvalidateFrameInternal(nsIFrame *aFrame, bool aHasDisplayItem = true)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aHasDisplayItem) {
|
|
aFrame->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT);
|
|
}
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(aFrame);
|
|
bool needsSchedulePaint = false;
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(aFrame)) {
|
|
needsSchedulePaint = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIFrame *parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|
while (parent && !parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
|
|
if (aHasDisplayItem && !parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY)) {
|
|
parent->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT);
|
|
}
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(parent);
|
|
|
|
// If we're inside a popup, then we need to make sure that we
|
|
// call schedule paint so that the NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE
|
|
// flag gets added to the popup display root frame.
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(parent)) {
|
|
needsSchedulePaint = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(parent);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
needsSchedulePaint = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!aHasDisplayItem) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (needsSchedulePaint) {
|
|
SchedulePaintInternal(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT)) {
|
|
aFrame->DeleteProperty(nsIFrame::InvalidationRect());
|
|
aFrame->RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateFrameSubtree(uint32_t aDisplayItemKey)
|
|
{
|
|
bool hasDisplayItem =
|
|
!aDisplayItemKey || FrameLayerBuilder::HasRetainedDataFor(this, aDisplayItemKey);
|
|
InvalidateFrame(aDisplayItemKey);
|
|
|
|
if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT) || !hasDisplayItem) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT);
|
|
|
|
AutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|
GetCrossDocChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator lists(childListArray);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
childFrames.get()->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ClearInvalidationStateBits()
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
|
|
AutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|
GetCrossDocChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator lists(childListArray);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
childFrames.get()->ClearInvalidationStateBits();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateFrame(uint32_t aDisplayItemKey)
|
|
{
|
|
bool hasDisplayItem =
|
|
!aDisplayItemKey || FrameLayerBuilder::HasRetainedDataFor(this, aDisplayItemKey);
|
|
InvalidateFrameInternal(this, hasDisplayItem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateFrameWithRect(const nsRect& aRect, uint32_t aDisplayItemKey)
|
|
{
|
|
bool hasDisplayItem =
|
|
!aDisplayItemKey || FrameLayerBuilder::HasRetainedDataFor(this, aDisplayItemKey);
|
|
bool alreadyInvalid = false;
|
|
if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
|
|
InvalidateFrameInternal(this, hasDisplayItem);
|
|
} else {
|
|
alreadyInvalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!hasDisplayItem) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect* rect = GetProperty(InvalidationRect());
|
|
if (!rect) {
|
|
if (alreadyInvalid) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
rect = new nsRect();
|
|
SetProperty(InvalidationRect(), rect);
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*rect = rect->Union(aRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*static*/ uint8_t nsIFrame::sLayerIsPrerenderedDataKey;
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
DoesLayerHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(Layer* aLayer)
|
|
{
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aLayer->GetScrollMetadataCount(); i++) {
|
|
const FrameMetrics& metrics = aLayer->GetFrameMetrics(i);
|
|
if (!metrics.IsScrollable()) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindScrollableFrameFor(metrics.GetScrollId());
|
|
if (!scrollableFrame) {
|
|
// This shouldn't happen, so let's do the safe thing and trigger a full
|
|
// paint if it does.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
nsPoint scrollPosition = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
if (metrics.GetScrollOffset() != CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(scrollPosition)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
DoesLayerOrAncestorsHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(Layer* aLayer)
|
|
{
|
|
for (Layer* layer = aLayer; layer; layer = layer->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (DoesLayerHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(layer)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::TryUpdateTransformOnly(Layer** aLayerResult)
|
|
{
|
|
Layer* layer = FrameLayerBuilder::GetDedicatedLayer(
|
|
this, nsDisplayItem::TYPE_TRANSFORM);
|
|
if (!layer || !layer->HasUserData(LayerIsPrerenderedDataKey())) {
|
|
// If this layer isn't prerendered or we clip composites to our OS
|
|
// window, then we can't correctly optimize to an empty
|
|
// transaction in general.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DoesLayerOrAncestorsHaveOutOfDateFrameMetrics(layer)) {
|
|
// At least one scroll frame that can affect the position of this layer
|
|
// has changed its scroll offset since the last paint. Schedule a full
|
|
// paint to make sure that this layer's transform and all the frame
|
|
// metrics that affect it are in sync.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfx::Matrix4x4 transform3d;
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetLayerTransformForFrame(this, &transform3d)) {
|
|
// We're not able to compute a layer transform that we know would
|
|
// be used at the next layers transaction, so we can't only update
|
|
// the transform and will need to schedule an invalidating paint.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
gfx::Matrix transform;
|
|
gfx::Matrix previousTransform;
|
|
// FIXME/bug 796690 and 796705: in general, changes to 3D
|
|
// transforms, or transform changes to properties other than
|
|
// translation, may lead us to choose a different rendering
|
|
// resolution for our layer. So if the transform is 3D or has a
|
|
// non-translation change, bail and schedule an invalidating paint.
|
|
// (We can often do better than this, for example for scale-down
|
|
// changes.)
|
|
static const gfx::Float kError = 0.0001f;
|
|
if (!transform3d.Is2D(&transform) ||
|
|
!layer->GetBaseTransform().Is2D(&previousTransform) ||
|
|
!gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._11, previousTransform._11, kError) ||
|
|
!gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._22, previousTransform._22, kError) ||
|
|
!gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._21, previousTransform._21, kError) ||
|
|
!gfx::FuzzyEqual(transform._12, previousTransform._12, kError)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
layer->SetBaseTransformForNextTransaction(transform3d);
|
|
*aLayerResult = layer;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsInvalid(nsRect& aRect)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_NEEDS_PAINT)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT)) {
|
|
nsRect* rect = GetProperty(InvalidationRect());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(rect, "Must have an invalid rect if NS_FRAME_HAS_INVALID_RECT is set!");
|
|
aRect = *rect;
|
|
} else {
|
|
aRect.SetEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::SchedulePaint(PaintType aType)
|
|
{
|
|
InvalidateRenderingObservers(this);
|
|
SchedulePaintInternal(this, aType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Layer*
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateLayer(uint32_t aDisplayItemKey,
|
|
const nsIntRect* aDamageRect,
|
|
const nsRect* aFrameDamageRect,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags /* = 0 */)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aDisplayItemKey > 0, "Need a key");
|
|
|
|
Layer* layer = FrameLayerBuilder::GetDedicatedLayer(this, aDisplayItemKey);
|
|
|
|
InvalidateRenderingObservers(this);
|
|
|
|
// If the layer is being updated asynchronously, and it's being forwarded
|
|
// to a compositor, then we don't need to invalidate.
|
|
if ((aFlags & UPDATE_IS_ASYNC) && layer &&
|
|
layer->Manager()->GetBackendType() == LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|
return layer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!layer) {
|
|
if (aFrameDamageRect && aFrameDamageRect->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Plugins can transition from not rendering anything to rendering,
|
|
// and still only call this. So always invalidate, with specifying
|
|
// the display item type just in case.
|
|
//
|
|
// In the bug 930056, dialer app startup but not shown on the
|
|
// screen because sometimes we don't have any retainned data
|
|
// for remote type displayitem and thus Repaint event is not
|
|
// triggered. So, always invalidate here as well.
|
|
uint32_t displayItemKey = aDisplayItemKey;
|
|
if (aDisplayItemKey == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_PLUGIN ||
|
|
aDisplayItemKey == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_REMOTE) {
|
|
displayItemKey = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFrameDamageRect) {
|
|
InvalidateFrameWithRect(*aFrameDamageRect, displayItemKey);
|
|
} else {
|
|
InvalidateFrame(displayItemKey);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aDamageRect && aDamageRect->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return layer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aDamageRect) {
|
|
layer->AddInvalidRect(*aDamageRect);
|
|
} else {
|
|
layer->SetInvalidRectToVisibleRegion();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SchedulePaintInternal(this, PAINT_COMPOSITE_ONLY);
|
|
return layer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
ComputeEffectsRect(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aOverflowRect,
|
|
const nsSize& aNewSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect r = aOverflowRect;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) {
|
|
// For SVG frames, we only need to account for filters.
|
|
// TODO: We could also take account of clipPath and mask to reduce the
|
|
// visual overflow, but that's not essential.
|
|
if (aFrame->StyleEffects()->HasFilters()) {
|
|
aFrame->SetProperty
|
|
(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty(), new nsRect(r));
|
|
r = nsSVGUtils::GetPostFilterVisualOverflowRect(aFrame, aOverflowRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// box-shadow
|
|
r.UnionRect(r, nsLayoutUtils::GetBoxShadowRectForFrame(aFrame, aNewSize));
|
|
|
|
// border-image-outset.
|
|
// We need to include border-image-outset because it can cause the
|
|
// border image to be drawn beyond the border box.
|
|
|
|
// (1) It's important we not check whether there's a border-image
|
|
// since the style hint for a change in border image doesn't cause
|
|
// reflow, and that's probably more important than optimizing the
|
|
// overflow areas for the silly case of border-image-outset without
|
|
// border-image
|
|
// (2) It's important that we not check whether the border-image
|
|
// is actually loaded, since that would require us to reflow when
|
|
// the image loads.
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
|
|
nsMargin outsetMargin = styleBorder->GetImageOutset();
|
|
|
|
if (outsetMargin != nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0)) {
|
|
nsRect outsetRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
outsetRect.Inflate(outsetMargin);
|
|
r.UnionRect(r, outsetRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Note that we don't remove the outlineInnerRect if a frame loses outline
|
|
// style. That would require an extra property lookup for every frame,
|
|
// or a new frame state bit to track whether a property had been stored,
|
|
// or something like that. It's not worth doing that here. At most it's
|
|
// only one heap-allocated rect per frame and it will be cleaned up when
|
|
// the frame dies.
|
|
|
|
if (nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(aFrame)) {
|
|
aFrame->SetProperty
|
|
(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty(), new nsRect(r));
|
|
r = nsSVGIntegrationUtils::ComputePostEffectsVisualOverflowRect(aFrame, r);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MovePositionBy(const nsPoint& aTranslation)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint position = GetNormalPosition() + aTranslation;
|
|
|
|
const nsMargin* computedOffsets = nullptr;
|
|
if (IsRelativelyPositioned()) {
|
|
computedOffsets = GetProperty(nsIFrame::ComputedOffsetProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
ReflowInput::ApplyRelativePositioning(this, computedOffsets ?
|
|
*computedOffsets : nsMargin(),
|
|
&position);
|
|
SetPosition(position);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetNormalRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
// It might be faster to first check
|
|
// StyleDisplay()->IsRelativelyPositionedStyle().
|
|
nsPoint* normalPosition = GetProperty(NormalPositionProperty());
|
|
if (normalPosition) {
|
|
return nsRect(*normalPosition, GetSize());
|
|
}
|
|
return GetRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsIFrame::GetNormalPosition() const
|
|
{
|
|
// It might be faster to first check
|
|
// StyleDisplay()->IsRelativelyPositionedStyle().
|
|
nsPoint* normalPosition = GetProperty(NormalPositionProperty());
|
|
if (normalPosition) {
|
|
return *normalPosition;
|
|
}
|
|
return GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPositionIgnoringScrolling()
|
|
{
|
|
return GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetPositionOfChildIgnoringScrolling(this)
|
|
: GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowRect(nsOverflowType aType) const
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aType == eVisualOverflow || aType == eScrollableOverflow,
|
|
"unexpected type");
|
|
|
|
// Note that in some cases the overflow area might not have been
|
|
// updated (yet) to reflect any outline set on the frame or the area
|
|
// of child frames. That's OK because any reflow that updates these
|
|
// areas will invalidate the appropriate area, so any (mis)uses of
|
|
// this method will be fixed up.
|
|
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
// there is an overflow rect, and it's not stored as deltas but as
|
|
// a separately-allocated rect
|
|
return static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this)->
|
|
GetOverflowAreasProperty())->Overflow(aType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aType == eVisualOverflow &&
|
|
mOverflow.mType != NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_NONE) {
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowFromDeltas();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsOverflowAreas
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreas() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
// there is an overflow rect, and it's not stored as deltas but as
|
|
// a separately-allocated rect
|
|
return *const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this)->GetOverflowAreasProperty();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsOverflowAreas(GetVisualOverflowFromDeltas(),
|
|
nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsOverflowAreas
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreasRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows =
|
|
GetProperty(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
if (preTransformOverflows) {
|
|
return nsOverflowAreas(preTransformOverflows->VisualOverflow(),
|
|
preTransformOverflows->ScrollableOverflow());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nsOverflowAreas(GetVisualOverflowRect(),
|
|
GetScrollableOverflowRect());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetScrollableOverflowRectRelativeToParent() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetScrollableOverflowRect() + mRect.TopLeft();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToParent() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect() + mRect.TopLeft();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetScrollableOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows =
|
|
GetProperty(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
if (preTransformOverflows)
|
|
return preTransformOverflows->ScrollableOverflow();
|
|
}
|
|
return GetScrollableOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows =
|
|
GetProperty(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
if (preTransformOverflows)
|
|
return preTransformOverflows->VisualOverflow();
|
|
}
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPreEffectsVisualOverflowRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect* r = GetProperty(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty());
|
|
return r ? *r : GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::UpdateOverflow()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(FrameMaintainsOverflow(),
|
|
"Non-display SVG do not maintain visual overflow rects");
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
|
|
nsOverflowAreas overflowAreas(rect, rect);
|
|
|
|
if (!ComputeCustomOverflow(overflowAreas)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UnionChildOverflow(overflowAreas);
|
|
|
|
if (FinishAndStoreOverflow(overflowAreas, GetSize())) {
|
|
nsView* view = GetView();
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
uint32_t flags = GetXULLayoutFlags();
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & NS_FRAME_NO_SIZE_VIEW) == 0) {
|
|
// Make sure the frame's view is properly sized.
|
|
nsViewManager* vm = view->GetViewManager();
|
|
vm->ResizeView(view, overflowAreas.VisualOverflow(), true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeCustomOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas)
|
|
{
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::UnionChildOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DoesClipChildren() &&
|
|
!(IsXULCollapsed() && (IsXULBoxFrame() || ::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)))) {
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(this, aOverflowAreas);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Define the MAX_FRAME_DEPTH to be the ContentSink's MAX_REFLOW_DEPTH plus
|
|
// 4 for the frames above the document's frames:
|
|
// the Viewport, GFXScroll, ScrollPort, and Canvas
|
|
#define MAX_FRAME_DEPTH (MAX_REFLOW_DEPTH+4)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::IsFrameTreeTooDeep(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aMetrics,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aReflowInput.mReflowDepth > MAX_FRAME_DEPTH) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("frame tree too deep; setting zero size and returning");
|
|
mState |= NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE;
|
|
ClearOverflowRects();
|
|
aMetrics.ClearSize();
|
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(0);
|
|
aMetrics.mCarriedOutBEndMargin.Zero();
|
|
aMetrics.mOverflowAreas.Clear();
|
|
|
|
if (GetNextInFlow()) {
|
|
// Reflow depth might vary between reflows, so we might have
|
|
// successfully reflowed and split this frame before. If so, we
|
|
// shouldn't delete its continuations.
|
|
aStatus = NS_FRAME_NOT_COMPLETE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
aStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
mState &= ~NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsBlockWrapper() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsIAtom *pseudoType = StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
return (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::buttonContent ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::cellContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetNearestBlockContainer(nsIFrame* frame)
|
|
{
|
|
// The block wrappers we use to wrap blocks inside inlines aren't
|
|
// described in the CSS spec. We need to make them not be containing
|
|
// blocks.
|
|
// Since the parent of such a block is either a normal block or
|
|
// another such pseudo, this shouldn't cause anything bad to happen.
|
|
// Also the anonymous blocks inside table cells are not containing blocks.
|
|
//
|
|
// If we ever start skipping table row groups from being containing blocks,
|
|
// we need to remove the containing block assignment in StickyScrollContainer .
|
|
while (frame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) ||
|
|
frame->IsBlockWrapper() ||
|
|
// Table rows are not containing blocks either
|
|
frame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableRowFrame) {
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frame, "How come we got to the root frame without seeing a containing block?");
|
|
}
|
|
return frame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContainingBlock(uint32_t aFlags) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetParent()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
// MathML frames might have absolute positioning style, but they would
|
|
// still be in-flow. So we have to check to make sure that the frame
|
|
// is really out-of-flow too.
|
|
nsIFrame* f;
|
|
if (IsAbsolutelyPositioned() &&
|
|
(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
f = GetParent(); // the parent is always the containing block
|
|
} else {
|
|
f = GetNearestBlockContainer(GetParent());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME && f &&
|
|
f->StyleContext()->GetPseudo() == nsCSSAnonBoxes::scrolledContent) {
|
|
f = f->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_FRAME_DUMP
|
|
|
|
int32_t nsFrame::ContentIndexInContainer(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t result = -1;
|
|
|
|
nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (content) {
|
|
nsIContent* parentContent = content->GetParent();
|
|
if (parentContent) {
|
|
result = parentContent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* List a frame tree to stderr. Meant to be called from gdb.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
DebugListFrameTree(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
((nsFrame*)aFrame)->List(stderr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ListTag(nsACString& aTo) const
|
|
{
|
|
ListTag(aTo, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ListTag(nsACString& aTo, const nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp;
|
|
aFrame->GetFrameName(tmp);
|
|
aTo += NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(tmp).get();
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString("@%p", static_cast<const void*>(aFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Debugging
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ListGeneric(nsACString& aTo, const char* aPrefix, uint32_t aFlags) const
|
|
{
|
|
aTo =+ aPrefix;
|
|
ListTag(aTo);
|
|
if (HasView()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [view=%p]", static_cast<void*>(GetView()));
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" next=%p", static_cast<void*>(GetNextSibling()));
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
bool fluid = GetPrevInFlow() == GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" prev-%s=%p", fluid?"in-flow":"continuation",
|
|
static_cast<void*>(GetPrevContinuation()));
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetNextContinuation()) {
|
|
bool fluid = GetNextInFlow() == GetNextContinuation();
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" next-%s=%p", fluid?"in-flow":"continuation",
|
|
static_cast<void*>(GetNextContinuation()));
|
|
}
|
|
void* IBsibling = GetProperty(IBSplitSibling());
|
|
if (IBsibling) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" IBSplitSibling=%p", IBsibling);
|
|
}
|
|
void* IBprevsibling = GetProperty(IBSplitPrevSibling());
|
|
if (IBprevsibling) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" IBSplitPrevSibling=%p", IBprevsibling);
|
|
}
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" {%d,%d,%d,%d}", mRect.x, mRect.y, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
|
|
mozilla::WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
|
|
if (wm.IsVertical() || !wm.IsBidiLTR()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" wm=%s: logical size={%d,%d}", wm.DebugString(),
|
|
ISize(), BSize());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetParent();
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
WritingMode pWM = parent->GetWritingMode();
|
|
if (pWM.IsVertical() || !pWM.IsBidiLTR()) {
|
|
nsSize containerSize = parent->mRect.Size();
|
|
LogicalRect lr(pWM, mRect, containerSize);
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" parent wm=%s, cs={%d,%d}, "
|
|
" logicalRect={%d,%d,%d,%d}",
|
|
pWM.DebugString(),
|
|
containerSize.width, containerSize.height,
|
|
lr.IStart(pWM), lr.BStart(pWM),
|
|
lr.ISize(pWM), lr.BSize(pWM));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* f = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
if (f->HasOverflowAreas()) {
|
|
nsRect vo = f->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
if (!vo.IsEqualEdges(mRect)) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" vis-overflow=%d,%d,%d,%d", vo.x, vo.y, vo.width, vo.height);
|
|
}
|
|
nsRect so = f->GetScrollableOverflowRect();
|
|
if (!so.IsEqualEdges(mRect)) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" scr-overflow=%d,%d,%d,%d", so.x, so.y, so.width, so.height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (0 != mState) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [state=%016llx]", (unsigned long long)mState);
|
|
}
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" transformed");
|
|
}
|
|
if (ChildrenHavePerspective()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" perspective");
|
|
}
|
|
if (Extend3DContext()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" preserves-3d-children");
|
|
}
|
|
if (Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" preserves-3d");
|
|
}
|
|
if (mContent) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [content=%p]", static_cast<void*>(mContent));
|
|
}
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString(" [sc=%p", static_cast<void*>(mStyleContext));
|
|
if (mStyleContext) {
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudoTag = mStyleContext->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (pseudoTag) {
|
|
nsAutoString atomString;
|
|
pseudoTag->ToString(atomString);
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString("%s", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(atomString).get());
|
|
}
|
|
if (!mStyleContext->GetParent() ||
|
|
(GetParent() && GetParent()->StyleContext() != mStyleContext->GetParent())) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString("^%p", mStyleContext->GetParent());
|
|
if (mStyleContext->GetParent()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString("^%p", mStyleContext->GetParent()->GetParent());
|
|
if (mStyleContext->GetParent()->GetParent()) {
|
|
aTo += nsPrintfCString("^%p", mStyleContext->GetParent()->GetParent()->GetParent());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aTo += "]";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::List(FILE* out, const char* aPrefix, uint32_t aFlags) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsCString str;
|
|
ListGeneric(str, aPrefix, aFlags);
|
|
fprintf_stderr(out, "%s\n", str.get());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetFrameName(nsAString& aResult) const
|
|
{
|
|
return MakeFrameName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Frame"), aResult);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::MakeFrameName(const nsAString& aType, nsAString& aResult) const
|
|
{
|
|
aResult = aType;
|
|
if (mContent && !mContent->IsNodeOfType(nsINode::eTEXT)) {
|
|
nsAutoString buf;
|
|
mContent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom()->ToString(buf);
|
|
if (GetType() == nsGkAtoms::subDocumentFrame) {
|
|
nsAutoString src;
|
|
mContent->GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::src, src);
|
|
buf.AppendLiteral(" src=");
|
|
buf.Append(src);
|
|
}
|
|
aResult.Append('(');
|
|
aResult.Append(buf);
|
|
aResult.Append(')');
|
|
}
|
|
char buf[40];
|
|
SprintfLiteral(buf, "(%d)", ContentIndexInContainer(this));
|
|
AppendASCIItoUTF16(buf, aResult);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::DumpFrameTree() const
|
|
{
|
|
RootFrameList(PresContext(), stderr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::DumpFrameTreeLimited() const
|
|
{
|
|
List(stderr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::RootFrameList(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, const char* aPrefix)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext || !out)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = shell->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
if(frame) {
|
|
frame->List(out, aPrefix);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsFrameState
|
|
nsFrame::GetDebugStateBits() const
|
|
{
|
|
// We'll ignore these flags for the purposes of comparing frame state:
|
|
//
|
|
// NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE
|
|
// because this is set by the event state manager or the
|
|
// caret code when a frame is focused. Depending on whether
|
|
// or not the regression tests are run as the focused window
|
|
// will make this value vary randomly.
|
|
#define IRRELEVANT_FRAME_STATE_FLAGS NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE
|
|
|
|
#define FRAME_STATE_MASK (~(IRRELEVANT_FRAME_STATE_FLAGS))
|
|
|
|
return GetStateBits() & FRAME_STATE_MASK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::XMLQuote(nsString& aString)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t i, len = aString.Length();
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
|
char16_t ch = aString.CharAt(i);
|
|
if (ch == '<') {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING("<"));
|
|
aString.Cut(i, 1);
|
|
aString.Insert(tmp, i);
|
|
len += 3;
|
|
i += 3;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ch == '>') {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING(">"));
|
|
aString.Cut(i, 1);
|
|
aString.Insert(tmp, i);
|
|
len += 3;
|
|
i += 3;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ch == '\"') {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING("""));
|
|
aString.Cut(i, 1);
|
|
aString.Insert(tmp, i);
|
|
len += 5;
|
|
i += 5;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleForPainting(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
|
|
if (!StyleVisibility()->IsVisible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
nsISelection* sel = aBuilder->GetBoundingSelection();
|
|
return !sel || IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleForPainting() {
|
|
if (!StyleVisibility()->IsVisible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* pc = PresContext();
|
|
if (!pc->IsRenderingOnlySelection())
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selcon(do_QueryInterface(pc->PresShell()));
|
|
if (selcon) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> sel;
|
|
selcon->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(sel));
|
|
if (sel)
|
|
return IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleInSelection(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
|
|
nsISelection* sel = aBuilder->GetBoundingSelection();
|
|
return !sel || IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleOrCollapsedForPainting(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
|
|
if (!StyleVisibility()->IsVisibleOrCollapsed())
|
|
return false;
|
|
nsISelection* sel = aBuilder->GetBoundingSelection();
|
|
return !sel || IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleInSelection(nsISelection* aSelection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetContent() || !GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node(do_QueryInterface(mContent));
|
|
bool vis;
|
|
nsresult rv = aSelection->ContainsNode(node, true, &vis);
|
|
return NS_FAILED(rv) || vis;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::IsEmpty()
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::CachedIsEmpty()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY),
|
|
"Must only be called on reflowed lines");
|
|
return IsEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::IsSelfEmpty()
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetSelectionController(nsPresContext *aPresContext, nsISelectionController **aSelCon)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext || !aSelCon)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = this;
|
|
while (frame && (frame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION)) {
|
|
nsITextControlFrame *tcf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (tcf) {
|
|
return tcf->GetOwnedSelectionController(aSelCon);
|
|
}
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return CallQueryInterface(aPresContext->GetPresShell(), aSelCon);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<nsFrameSelection>
|
|
nsIFrame::GetFrameSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
RefPtr<nsFrameSelection> fs =
|
|
const_cast<nsFrameSelection*>(GetConstFrameSelection());
|
|
return fs.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsFrameSelection*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetConstFrameSelection() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
while (frame && (frame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION)) {
|
|
nsITextControlFrame* tcf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (tcf) {
|
|
return tcf->GetOwnedFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PresContext()->PresShell()->ConstFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DumpRegressionData(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, int32_t aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<frame va=\"%p\" type=\"", (void*)this);
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetFrameName(name);
|
|
XMLQuote(name);
|
|
fputs(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name).get(), out);
|
|
fprintf(out, "\" state=\"%016llx\" parent=\"%p\">\n",
|
|
(unsigned long long)GetDebugStateBits(), (void*)GetParent());
|
|
|
|
aIndent++;
|
|
DumpBaseRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent);
|
|
aIndent--;
|
|
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "</frame>\n");
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DumpBaseRegressionData(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, int32_t aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<next-sibling va=\"%p\"/>\n", (void*)GetNextSibling());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasView()) {
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<view va=\"%p\">\n", (void*)GetView());
|
|
aIndent++;
|
|
// XXX add in code to dump out view state too...
|
|
aIndent--;
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "</view>\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<bbox x=\"%d\" y=\"%d\" w=\"%d\" h=\"%d\"/>\n",
|
|
mRect.x, mRect.y, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
|
|
// Now dump all of the children on all of the child lists
|
|
ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
if (lists.CurrentID() != kPrincipalList) {
|
|
fprintf(out, "<child-list name=\"%s\">\n", mozilla::layout::ChildListName(lists.CurrentID()));
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
fprintf(out, "<child-list>\n");
|
|
}
|
|
aIndent++;
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = childFrames.get();
|
|
kid->DumpRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent);
|
|
}
|
|
aIndent--;
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "</child-list>\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsFrameSelected() const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!GetContent() || GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant(),
|
|
"use the public IsSelected() instead");
|
|
return nsRange::IsNodeSelected(GetContent(), 0,
|
|
GetContent()->GetChildCount());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetPointFromOffset(int32_t inOffset, nsPoint* outPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(outPoint != nullptr, "Null parameter");
|
|
nsRect contentRect = GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
nsPoint pt = contentRect.TopLeft();
|
|
if (mContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* newContent = mContent->GetParent();
|
|
if (newContent){
|
|
int32_t newOffset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
|
|
|
|
// Find the direction of the frame from the EmbeddingLevelProperty,
|
|
// which is the resolved bidi level set in
|
|
// nsBidiPresUtils::ResolveParagraph (odd levels = right-to-left).
|
|
// If the embedding level isn't set, just use the CSS direction
|
|
// property.
|
|
bool hasBidiData;
|
|
FrameBidiData bidiData = GetProperty(BidiDataProperty(), &hasBidiData);
|
|
bool isRTL = hasBidiData
|
|
? IS_LEVEL_RTL(bidiData.embeddingLevel)
|
|
: StyleVisibility()->mDirection == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL;
|
|
if ((!isRTL && inOffset > newOffset) ||
|
|
(isRTL && inOffset <= newOffset)) {
|
|
pt = contentRect.TopRight();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*outPoint = pt;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetCharacterRectsInRange(int32_t aInOffset, int32_t aLength,
|
|
nsTArray<nsRect>& aOutRect)
|
|
{
|
|
/* no text */
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetChildFrameContainingOffset(int32_t inContentOffset, bool inHint, int32_t* outFrameContentOffset, nsIFrame **outChildFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(outChildFrame && outFrameContentOffset, "Null parameter");
|
|
*outFrameContentOffset = (int32_t)inHint;
|
|
//the best frame to reflect any given offset would be a visible frame if possible
|
|
//i.e. we are looking for a valid frame to place the blinking caret
|
|
nsRect rect = GetRect();
|
|
if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
|
|
{
|
|
//if we have a 0 width or height then lets look for another frame that possibly has
|
|
//the same content. If we have no frames in flow then just let us return 'this' frame
|
|
nsIFrame* nextFlow = GetNextInFlow();
|
|
if (nextFlow)
|
|
return nextFlow->GetChildFrameContainingOffset(inContentOffset, inHint, outFrameContentOffset, outChildFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
*outChildFrame = this;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// What I've pieced together about this routine:
|
|
// Starting with a block frame (from which a line frame can be gotten)
|
|
// and a line number, drill down and get the first/last selectable
|
|
// frame on that line, depending on aPos->mDirection.
|
|
// aOutSideLimit != 0 means ignore aLineStart, instead work from
|
|
// the end (if > 0) or beginning (if < 0).
|
|
//
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos,
|
|
nsIFrame *aBlockFrame,
|
|
int32_t aLineStart,
|
|
int8_t aOutSideLimit
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//magic numbers aLineStart will be -1 for end of block 0 will be start of block
|
|
if (!aBlockFrame || !aPos)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = nullptr;
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = nullptr;
|
|
aPos->mAttach =
|
|
aPos->mDirection == eDirNext ? CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it = aBlockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (!it)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
int32_t searchingLine = aLineStart;
|
|
int32_t countLines = it->GetNumLines();
|
|
if (aOutSideLimit > 0) //start at end
|
|
searchingLine = countLines;
|
|
else if (aOutSideLimit <0)//start at beginning
|
|
searchingLine = -1;//"next" will be 0
|
|
else
|
|
if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine == 0) ||
|
|
(aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= (countLines -1) )){
|
|
//we need to jump to new block frame.
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
int32_t lineFrameCount;
|
|
nsIFrame *resultFrame = nullptr;
|
|
nsIFrame *farStoppingFrame = nullptr; //we keep searching until we find a "this" frame then we go to next line
|
|
nsIFrame *nearStoppingFrame = nullptr; //if we are backing up from edge, stop here
|
|
nsIFrame *firstFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame;
|
|
nsRect rect;
|
|
bool isBeforeFirstFrame, isAfterLastFrame;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
|
|
nsresult result = NS_OK;
|
|
while (!found)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
searchingLine --;
|
|
else
|
|
searchingLine ++;
|
|
if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine < 0) ||
|
|
(aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= countLines ))
|
|
{
|
|
//we need to jump to new block frame.
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
result = it->GetLine(searchingLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,
|
|
rect);
|
|
if (!lineFrameCount)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)){
|
|
lastFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
|
|
//result = lastFrame->GetNextSibling(&lastFrame, searchingLine);
|
|
result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, searchingLine);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
|
|
NS_ERROR("GetLine promised more frames than could be found");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
GetLastLeaf(aPresContext, &lastFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext){
|
|
nearStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
farStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
else{
|
|
nearStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
|
|
farStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
nsView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
|
|
aBlockFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset,&view);
|
|
nsPoint newDesiredPos =
|
|
aPos->mDesiredPos - offset; //get desired position into blockframe coords
|
|
result = it->FindFrameAt(searchingLine, newDesiredPos, &resultFrame,
|
|
&isBeforeFirstFrame, &isAfterLastFrame);
|
|
if(NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && resultFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
//check to see if this is ANOTHER blockframe inside the other one if so then call into its lines
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator newIt = resultFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (newIt)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
//resultFrame is not a block frame
|
|
result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameEnumerator> frameTraversal;
|
|
result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
|
|
aPresContext, resultFrame,
|
|
ePostOrder,
|
|
false, // aVisual
|
|
aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
false, // aFollowOOFs
|
|
false // aSkipPopupChecks
|
|
);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *storeOldResultFrame = resultFrame;
|
|
while ( !found ){
|
|
nsPoint point;
|
|
nsRect tempRect = resultFrame->GetRect();
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
nsView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
|
|
resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
|
|
if (!view) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (resultFrame->GetWritingMode().IsVertical()) {
|
|
point.y = aPos->mDesiredPos.y;
|
|
point.x = tempRect.width + offset.x;
|
|
} else {
|
|
point.y = tempRect.height + offset.y;
|
|
point.x = aPos->mDesiredPos.x;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//special check. if we allow non-text selection then we can allow a hit location to fall before a table.
|
|
//otherwise there is no way to get and click signal to fall before a table (it being a line iterator itself)
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (!shell)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
int16_t isEditor = shell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
|
|
if ( isEditor )
|
|
{
|
|
if (resultFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableWrapperFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (((point.x - offset.x + tempRect.x)<0) || ((point.x - offset.x+ tempRect.x)>tempRect.width))//off left/right side
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* content = resultFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (content)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = parent;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
|
|
if ((point.x - offset.x+ tempRect.x)>tempRect.width)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset++;//go to end of this frame
|
|
aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
|
|
}
|
|
//result frame is the result frames parent.
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame->GetParent();
|
|
return NS_POSITION_BEFORE_TABLE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!resultFrame->HasView())
|
|
{
|
|
nsView* view;
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets =
|
|
resultFrame->GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(point - offset);
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = offsets.content;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = offsets.offset;
|
|
aPos->mAttach = offsets.associate;
|
|
if (offsets.content)
|
|
{
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
resultFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (selectable)
|
|
{
|
|
found = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
//always try previous on THAT line if that fails go the other way
|
|
frameTraversal->Prev();
|
|
resultFrame = frameTraversal->CurrentItem();
|
|
if (!resultFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!found){
|
|
resultFrame = storeOldResultFrame;
|
|
|
|
result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
|
|
aPresContext, resultFrame,
|
|
eLeaf,
|
|
false, // aVisual
|
|
aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
false, // aFollowOOFs
|
|
false // aSkipPopupChecks
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !found ){
|
|
nsPoint point = aPos->mDesiredPos;
|
|
nsView* view;
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets =
|
|
resultFrame->GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(point - offset);
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = offsets.content;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = offsets.offset;
|
|
aPos->mAttach = offsets.associate;
|
|
if (offsets.content)
|
|
{
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
resultFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (selectable)
|
|
{
|
|
found = true;
|
|
if (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame)
|
|
aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
|
|
else
|
|
aPos->mAttach = CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
//previous didnt work now we try "next"
|
|
frameTraversal->Next();
|
|
nsIFrame *tempFrame = frameTraversal->CurrentItem();
|
|
if (!tempFrame)
|
|
break;
|
|
resultFrame = tempFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
//we need to jump to new block frame.
|
|
aPos->mAmount = eSelectLine;
|
|
aPos->mStartOffset = 0;
|
|
aPos->mAttach = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext ?
|
|
CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE : CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
aPos->mStartOffset = -1;//start from end
|
|
return aBlockFrame->PeekOffset(aPos);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::CaretPosition
|
|
nsIFrame::GetExtremeCaretPosition(bool aStart)
|
|
{
|
|
CaretPosition result;
|
|
|
|
FrameTarget targetFrame = DrillDownToSelectionFrame(this, !aStart, 0);
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(targetFrame.frame);
|
|
result.mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
result.mContentOffset = aStart ? range.start : range.end;
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the first (or last) descendant of the given frame
|
|
// which is either a block frame or a BRFrame.
|
|
static nsContentAndOffset
|
|
FindBlockFrameOrBR(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDirection aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
nsContentAndOffset result;
|
|
result.mContent = nullptr;
|
|
result.mOffset = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame())
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
// Treat form controls as inline leaves
|
|
// XXX we really need a way to determine whether a frame is inline-level
|
|
nsIFormControlFrame* fcf = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
|
|
if (fcf)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
// Check the frame itself
|
|
// Fall through block-in-inline split frames because their mContent is
|
|
// the content of the inline frames they were created from. The
|
|
// first/last child of such frames is the real block frame we're
|
|
// looking for.
|
|
if ((nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(aFrame) &&
|
|
!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT)) ||
|
|
aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame) {
|
|
nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
result.mContent = content->GetParent();
|
|
// In some cases (bug 310589, bug 370174) we end up here with a null content.
|
|
// This probably shouldn't ever happen, but since it sometimes does, we want
|
|
// to avoid crashing here.
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result.mContent, "Unexpected orphan content");
|
|
if (result.mContent)
|
|
result.mOffset = result.mContent->IndexOf(content) +
|
|
(aDirection == eDirPrevious ? 1 : 0);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a preformatted text frame, see if it ends with a newline
|
|
if (aFrame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
|
|
int32_t startOffset, endOffset;
|
|
aFrame->GetOffsets(startOffset, endOffset);
|
|
result.mContent = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
result.mOffset = endOffset - (aDirection == eDirPrevious ? 0 : 1);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Iterate over children and call ourselves recursively
|
|
if (aDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = aFrame->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPrincipalList).LastChild();
|
|
while(child && !result.mContent) {
|
|
result = FindBlockFrameOrBR(child, aDirection);
|
|
child = child->GetPrevSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // eDirNext
|
|
nsIFrame* child = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
while(child && !result.mContent) {
|
|
result = FindBlockFrameOrBR(child, aDirection);
|
|
child = child->GetNextSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::PeekOffsetParagraph(nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = this;
|
|
nsContentAndOffset blockFrameOrBR;
|
|
blockFrameOrBR.mContent = nullptr;
|
|
bool reachedBlockAncestor = false;
|
|
|
|
// Go through containing frames until reaching a block frame.
|
|
// In each step, search the previous (or next) siblings for the closest
|
|
// "stop frame" (a block frame or a BRFrame).
|
|
// If found, set it to be the selection boundray and abort.
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
while (!reachedBlockAncestor) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
|
|
// Treat a frame associated with the root content as if it were a block frame.
|
|
if (!frame->mContent || !frame->mContent->GetParent()) {
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* sibling = frame->GetPrevSibling();
|
|
while (sibling && !blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
blockFrameOrBR = FindBlockFrameOrBR(sibling, eDirPrevious);
|
|
sibling = sibling->GetPrevSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
if (blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = blockFrameOrBR.mContent;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = blockFrameOrBR.mOffset;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = (nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(frame) != nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
if (reachedBlockAncestor) { // no "stop frame" found
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // eDirNext
|
|
while (!reachedBlockAncestor) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
|
|
// Treat a frame associated with the root content as if it were a block frame.
|
|
if (!frame->mContent || !frame->mContent->GetParent()) {
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* sibling = frame;
|
|
while (sibling && !blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
blockFrameOrBR = FindBlockFrameOrBR(sibling, eDirNext);
|
|
sibling = sibling->GetNextSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
if (blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = blockFrameOrBR.mContent;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = blockFrameOrBR.mOffset;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = (nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(frame) != nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
if (reachedBlockAncestor) { // no "stop frame" found
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
if (aPos->mResultContent)
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = aPos->mResultContent->GetChildCount();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Determine movement direction relative to frame
|
|
static bool IsMovingInFrameDirection(nsIFrame* frame, nsDirection aDirection, bool aVisual)
|
|
{
|
|
bool isReverseDirection = aVisual && IsReversedDirectionFrame(frame);
|
|
return aDirection == (isReverseDirection ? eDirPrevious : eDirNext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::PeekOffset(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPos)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
|
|
// Translate content offset to be relative to frame
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(this);
|
|
int32_t offset = aPos->mStartOffset - range.start;
|
|
nsIFrame* current = this;
|
|
|
|
switch (aPos->mAmount) {
|
|
case eSelectCharacter:
|
|
case eSelectCluster:
|
|
{
|
|
bool eatingNonRenderableWS = false;
|
|
nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult peekSearchState = CONTINUE;
|
|
bool jumpedLine = false;
|
|
bool movedOverNonSelectableText = false;
|
|
|
|
while (peekSearchState != FOUND) {
|
|
bool movingInFrameDirection =
|
|
IsMovingInFrameDirection(current, aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual);
|
|
|
|
if (eatingNonRenderableWS)
|
|
peekSearchState = current->PeekOffsetNoAmount(movingInFrameDirection, &offset);
|
|
else
|
|
peekSearchState = current->PeekOffsetCharacter(movingInFrameDirection, &offset,
|
|
aPos->mAmount == eSelectCluster);
|
|
|
|
movedOverNonSelectableText |= (peekSearchState == CONTINUE_UNSELECTABLE);
|
|
|
|
if (peekSearchState != FOUND) {
|
|
bool movedOverNonSelectable = false;
|
|
result =
|
|
current->GetFrameFromDirection(aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual,
|
|
aPos->mJumpLines, aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
¤t, &offset, &jumpedLine,
|
|
&movedOverNonSelectable);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
// If we jumped lines, it's as if we found a character, but we still need
|
|
// to eat non-renderable content on the new line.
|
|
if (jumpedLine)
|
|
eatingNonRenderableWS = true;
|
|
|
|
// Remember if we moved over non-selectable text when finding another frame.
|
|
if (movedOverNonSelectable) {
|
|
movedOverNonSelectableText = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Found frame, but because we moved over non selectable text we want the offset
|
|
// to be at the frame edge. Note that if we are extending the selection, this
|
|
// doesn't matter.
|
|
if (peekSearchState == FOUND && movedOverNonSelectableText &&
|
|
!aPos->mExtend)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t start, end;
|
|
current->GetOffsets(start, end);
|
|
offset = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext ? 0 : end - start;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set outputs
|
|
range = GetRangeForFrame(current);
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = current;
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
// Output offset is relative to content, not frame
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = offset < 0 ? range.end : range.start + offset;
|
|
// If we're dealing with a text frame and moving backward positions us at
|
|
// the end of that line, decrease the offset by one to make sure that
|
|
// we're placed before the linefeed character on the previous line.
|
|
if (offset < 0 && jumpedLine &&
|
|
aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious &&
|
|
current->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
|
|
--aPos->mContentOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case eSelectWordNoSpace:
|
|
// eSelectWordNoSpace means that we should not be eating any whitespace when
|
|
// moving to the adjacent word. This means that we should set aPos->
|
|
// mWordMovementType to eEndWord if we're moving forwards, and to eStartWord
|
|
// if we're moving backwards.
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
aPos->mWordMovementType = eStartWord;
|
|
} else {
|
|
aPos->mWordMovementType = eEndWord;
|
|
}
|
|
// Intentionally fall through the eSelectWord case.
|
|
MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
|
|
case eSelectWord:
|
|
{
|
|
// wordSelectEatSpace means "are we looking for a boundary between whitespace
|
|
// and non-whitespace (in the direction we're moving in)".
|
|
// It is true when moving forward and looking for a beginning of a word, or
|
|
// when moving backwards and looking for an end of a word.
|
|
bool wordSelectEatSpace;
|
|
if (aPos->mWordMovementType != eDefaultBehavior) {
|
|
// aPos->mWordMovementType possible values:
|
|
// eEndWord: eat the space if we're moving backwards
|
|
// eStartWord: eat the space if we're moving forwards
|
|
wordSelectEatSpace = ((aPos->mWordMovementType == eEndWord) == (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious));
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// Use the hidden preference which is based on operating system behavior.
|
|
// This pref only affects whether moving forward by word should go to the end of this word or start of the next word.
|
|
// When going backwards, the start of the word is always used, on every operating system.
|
|
wordSelectEatSpace = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext &&
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("layout.word_select.eat_space_to_next_word");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// mSawBeforeType means "we already saw characters of the type
|
|
// before the boundary we're looking for". Examples:
|
|
// 1. If we're moving forward, looking for a word beginning (i.e. a boundary
|
|
// between whitespace and non-whitespace), then eatingWS==true means
|
|
// "we already saw some whitespace".
|
|
// 2. If we're moving backward, looking for a word beginning (i.e. a boundary
|
|
// between non-whitespace and whitespace), then eatingWS==true means
|
|
// "we already saw some non-whitespace".
|
|
PeekWordState state;
|
|
int32_t offsetAdjustment = 0;
|
|
bool done = false;
|
|
while (!done) {
|
|
bool movingInFrameDirection =
|
|
IsMovingInFrameDirection(current, aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual);
|
|
|
|
done = current->PeekOffsetWord(movingInFrameDirection, wordSelectEatSpace,
|
|
aPos->mIsKeyboardSelect, &offset, &state) == FOUND;
|
|
|
|
if (!done) {
|
|
nsIFrame* nextFrame;
|
|
int32_t nextFrameOffset;
|
|
bool jumpedLine, movedOverNonSelectableText;
|
|
result =
|
|
current->GetFrameFromDirection(aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual,
|
|
aPos->mJumpLines, aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
&nextFrame, &nextFrameOffset, &jumpedLine,
|
|
&movedOverNonSelectableText);
|
|
// We can't jump lines if we're looking for whitespace following
|
|
// non-whitespace, and we already encountered non-whitespace.
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result) ||
|
|
(jumpedLine && !wordSelectEatSpace && state.mSawBeforeType)) {
|
|
done = true;
|
|
// If we've crossed the line boundary, check to make sure that we
|
|
// have not consumed a trailing newline as whitesapce if it's significant.
|
|
if (jumpedLine && wordSelectEatSpace &&
|
|
current->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
|
|
offsetAdjustment = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (jumpedLine) {
|
|
state.mContext.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
current = nextFrame;
|
|
offset = nextFrameOffset;
|
|
// Jumping a line is equivalent to encountering whitespace
|
|
if (wordSelectEatSpace && jumpedLine)
|
|
state.SetSawBeforeType();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set outputs
|
|
range = GetRangeForFrame(current);
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = current;
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
// Output offset is relative to content, not frame
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = (offset < 0 ? range.end : range.start + offset) + offsetAdjustment;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case eSelectLine :
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator iter;
|
|
nsIFrame *blockFrame = this;
|
|
|
|
while (NS_FAILED(result)){
|
|
int32_t thisLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(blockFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop, &blockFrame);
|
|
if (thisLine < 0)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
iter = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(iter, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
int edgeCase = 0; // no edge case. this should look at thisLine
|
|
|
|
bool doneLooping = false; // tells us when no more block frames hit.
|
|
// this part will find a frame or a block frame. if it's a block frame
|
|
// it will "drill down" to find a viable frame or it will return an error.
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame = this;
|
|
do {
|
|
result = nsFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(PresContext(),
|
|
aPos,
|
|
blockFrame,
|
|
thisLine,
|
|
edgeCase); // start from thisLine
|
|
|
|
// we came back to same spot! keep going
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) &&
|
|
(!aPos->mResultFrame || aPos->mResultFrame == lastFrame)) {
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = nullptr;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
thisLine--;
|
|
else
|
|
thisLine++;
|
|
} else // if failure or success with different frame.
|
|
doneLooping = true; // do not continue with while loop
|
|
|
|
lastFrame = aPos->mResultFrame; // set last frame
|
|
|
|
// make sure block element is not the same as the one we had before
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) &&
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame &&
|
|
blockFrame != aPos->mResultFrame) {
|
|
/* SPECIAL CHECK FOR TABLE NAVIGATION
|
|
tables need to navigate also and the frame that supports it is
|
|
nsTableRowGroupFrame which is INSIDE nsTableWrapperFrame.
|
|
If we have stumbled onto an nsTableWrapperFrame we need to drill
|
|
into nsTableRowGroup if we hit a header or footer that's ok just
|
|
go into them.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool searchTableBool = false;
|
|
if (aPos->mResultFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableWrapperFrame ||
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableCellFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = aPos->mResultFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
// got the table frame now
|
|
// ok time to drill down to find iterator
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
iter = frame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (iter) {
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = frame;
|
|
searchTableBool = true;
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
break; // while(frame)
|
|
}
|
|
result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
frame = frame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!searchTableBool) {
|
|
iter = aPos->mResultFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
result = iter ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we've struck another block element!
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && iter) {
|
|
doneLooping = false;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
edgeCase = 1; // far edge, search from end backwards
|
|
else
|
|
edgeCase = -1; // near edge search from beginning onwards
|
|
thisLine = 0; // this line means nothing now.
|
|
// everything else means something so keep looking "inside" the block
|
|
blockFrame = aPos->mResultFrame;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// THIS is to mean that everything is ok to the containing while loop
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (!doneLooping);
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eSelectParagraph:
|
|
return PeekOffsetParagraph(aPos);
|
|
|
|
case eSelectBeginLine:
|
|
case eSelectEndLine:
|
|
{
|
|
// Adjusted so that the caret can't get confused when content changes
|
|
nsIFrame* blockFrame = AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(this);
|
|
int32_t thisLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(blockFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop, &blockFrame);
|
|
if (thisLine < 0)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(it, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
|
|
|
|
int32_t lineFrameCount;
|
|
nsIFrame *firstFrame;
|
|
nsRect usedRect;
|
|
nsIFrame* baseFrame = nullptr;
|
|
bool endOfLine = (eSelectEndLine == aPos->mAmount);
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mVisual && PresContext()->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
bool lineIsRTL = it->GetDirection();
|
|
bool isReordered;
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame;
|
|
result = it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &isReordered, &firstFrame, &lastFrame);
|
|
baseFrame = endOfLine ? lastFrame : firstFrame;
|
|
if (baseFrame) {
|
|
bool frameIsRTL =
|
|
(nsBidiPresUtils::FrameDirection(baseFrame) == NSBIDI_RTL);
|
|
// If the direction of the frame on the edge is opposite to
|
|
// that of the line, we'll need to drill down to its opposite
|
|
// end, so reverse endOfLine.
|
|
if (frameIsRTL != lineIsRTL) {
|
|
endOfLine = !endOfLine;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount, usedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = firstFrame;
|
|
for (int32_t count = lineFrameCount; count;
|
|
--count, frame = frame->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
if (!frame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
// When jumping to the end of the line with the "end" key,
|
|
// skip over brFrames
|
|
if (endOfLine && lineFrameCount > 1 &&
|
|
frame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
baseFrame = frame;
|
|
if (!endOfLine)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!baseFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
FrameTarget targetFrame = DrillDownToSelectionFrame(baseFrame,
|
|
endOfLine, 0);
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(targetFrame.frame);
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = endOfLine ? range.end : range.start;
|
|
if (endOfLine && targetFrame.frame->HasSignificantTerminalNewline()) {
|
|
// Do not position the caret after the terminating newline if we're
|
|
// trying to move to the end of line (see bug 596506)
|
|
--aPos->mContentOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = targetFrame.frame;
|
|
aPos->mAttach = aPos->mContentOffset == range.start ?
|
|
CARET_ASSOCIATE_AFTER : CARET_ASSOCIATE_BEFORE;
|
|
if (!range.content)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(false, "Invalid amount");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult
|
|
nsFrame::PeekOffsetNoAmount(bool aForward, int32_t* aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION (aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
|
|
// Sure, we can stop right here.
|
|
return FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult
|
|
nsFrame::PeekOffsetCharacter(bool aForward, int32_t* aOffset,
|
|
bool aRespectClusters)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION (aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
|
|
int32_t startOffset = *aOffset;
|
|
// A negative offset means "end of frame", which in our case means offset 1.
|
|
if (startOffset < 0)
|
|
startOffset = 1;
|
|
if (aForward == (startOffset == 0)) {
|
|
// We're before the frame and moving forward, or after it and moving backwards:
|
|
// skip to the other side and we're done.
|
|
*aOffset = 1 - startOffset;
|
|
return FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
return CONTINUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::FrameSearchResult
|
|
nsFrame::PeekOffsetWord(bool aForward,
|
|
bool aWordSelectEatSpace,
|
|
bool aIsKeyboardSelect,
|
|
int32_t* aOffset,
|
|
PeekWordState* aState)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION (aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
|
|
int32_t startOffset = *aOffset;
|
|
// This isn't text, so truncate the context
|
|
aState->mContext.Truncate();
|
|
if (startOffset < 0)
|
|
startOffset = 1;
|
|
if (aForward == (startOffset == 0)) {
|
|
// We're before the frame and moving forward, or after it and moving backwards.
|
|
// If we're looking for non-whitespace, we found it (without skipping this frame).
|
|
if (!aState->mAtStart) {
|
|
if (aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation) {
|
|
// We're not punctuation, so this is a punctuation boundary.
|
|
if (BreakWordBetweenPunctuation(aState, aForward, false, false, aIsKeyboardSelect))
|
|
return FOUND;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This is not a punctuation boundary.
|
|
if (aWordSelectEatSpace && aState->mSawBeforeType)
|
|
return FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Otherwise skip to the other side and note that we encountered non-whitespace.
|
|
*aOffset = 1 - startOffset;
|
|
aState->Update(false, // not punctuation
|
|
false // not whitespace
|
|
);
|
|
if (!aWordSelectEatSpace)
|
|
aState->SetSawBeforeType();
|
|
}
|
|
return CONTINUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::BreakWordBetweenPunctuation(const PeekWordState* aState,
|
|
bool aForward,
|
|
bool aPunctAfter, bool aWhitespaceAfter,
|
|
bool aIsKeyboardSelect)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aPunctAfter != aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation,
|
|
"Call this only at punctuation boundaries");
|
|
if (aState->mLastCharWasWhitespace) {
|
|
// We always stop between whitespace and punctuation
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!Preferences::GetBool("layout.word_select.stop_at_punctuation")) {
|
|
// When this pref is false, we never stop at a punctuation boundary unless
|
|
// it's followed by whitespace (in the relevant direction).
|
|
return aWhitespaceAfter;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!aIsKeyboardSelect) {
|
|
// mouse caret movement (e.g. word selection) always stops at every punctuation boundary
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
bool afterPunct = aForward ? aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation : aPunctAfter;
|
|
if (!afterPunct) {
|
|
// keyboard caret movement only stops after punctuation (in content order)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// Stop only if we've seen some non-punctuation since the last whitespace;
|
|
// don't stop after punctuation that follows whitespace.
|
|
return aState->mSeenNonPunctuationSinceWhitespace;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::CheckVisibility(nsPresContext* , int32_t , int32_t , bool , bool *, bool *)
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsFrame::GetLineNumber(nsIFrame *aFrame, bool aLockScroll, nsIFrame** aContainingBlock)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "null aFrame");
|
|
nsIFrame* blockFrame = aFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame* thisBlock;
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it;
|
|
nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
thisBlock = blockFrame;
|
|
if (thisBlock->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|
//if we are searching for a frame that is not in flow we will not find it.
|
|
//we must instead look for its placeholder
|
|
if (thisBlock->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|
// abspos continuations don't have placeholders, get the fif
|
|
thisBlock = thisBlock->FirstInFlow();
|
|
}
|
|
thisBlock = thisBlock->GetPlaceholderFrame();
|
|
if (!thisBlock)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
blockFrame = thisBlock->GetParent();
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
if (blockFrame) {
|
|
if (aLockScroll && blockFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (!it)
|
|
result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!blockFrame || !it)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if (aContainingBlock)
|
|
*aContainingBlock = blockFrame;
|
|
return it->FindLineContaining(thisBlock);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::GetFrameFromDirection(nsDirection aDirection, bool aVisual,
|
|
bool aJumpLines, bool aScrollViewStop,
|
|
nsIFrame** aOutFrame, int32_t* aOutOffset,
|
|
bool* aOutJumpedLine, bool* aOutMovedOverNonSelectableText)
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult result;
|
|
|
|
if (!aOutFrame || !aOutOffset || !aOutJumpedLine)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
*aOutFrame = nullptr;
|
|
*aOutOffset = 0;
|
|
*aOutJumpedLine = false;
|
|
*aOutMovedOverNonSelectableText = false;
|
|
|
|
// Find the prev/next selectable frame
|
|
bool selectable = false;
|
|
nsIFrame *traversedFrame = this;
|
|
while (!selectable) {
|
|
nsIFrame *blockFrame;
|
|
|
|
int32_t thisLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(traversedFrame, aScrollViewStop, &blockFrame);
|
|
if (thisLine < 0)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(it, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
|
|
|
|
bool atLineEdge;
|
|
nsIFrame *firstFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame;
|
|
if (aVisual && presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
bool lineIsRTL = it->GetDirection();
|
|
bool isReordered;
|
|
result = it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &isReordered, &firstFrame, &lastFrame);
|
|
nsIFrame** framePtr = aDirection == eDirPrevious ? &firstFrame : &lastFrame;
|
|
if (*framePtr) {
|
|
bool frameIsRTL =
|
|
(nsBidiPresUtils::FrameDirection(*framePtr) == NSBIDI_RTL);
|
|
if ((frameIsRTL == lineIsRTL) == (aDirection == eDirPrevious)) {
|
|
nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(presContext, framePtr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(presContext, framePtr);
|
|
}
|
|
atLineEdge = *framePtr == traversedFrame;
|
|
} else {
|
|
atLineEdge = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsRect nonUsedRect;
|
|
int32_t lineFrameCount;
|
|
result = it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,
|
|
nonUsedRect);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (aDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(presContext, &firstFrame);
|
|
atLineEdge = firstFrame == traversedFrame;
|
|
} else { // eDirNext
|
|
lastFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
|
|
result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, thisLine);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
|
|
NS_ERROR("should not be reached nsFrame");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(presContext, &lastFrame);
|
|
atLineEdge = lastFrame == traversedFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (atLineEdge) {
|
|
*aOutJumpedLine = true;
|
|
if (!aJumpLines)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; //we are done. cannot jump lines
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameEnumerator> frameTraversal;
|
|
result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
|
|
presContext, traversedFrame,
|
|
eLeaf,
|
|
aVisual && presContext->BidiEnabled(),
|
|
aScrollViewStop,
|
|
true, // aFollowOOFs
|
|
false // aSkipPopupChecks
|
|
);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (aDirection == eDirNext)
|
|
frameTraversal->Next();
|
|
else
|
|
frameTraversal->Prev();
|
|
|
|
traversedFrame = frameTraversal->CurrentItem();
|
|
|
|
// Skip anonymous elements, but watch out for generated content
|
|
if (!traversedFrame ||
|
|
(!traversedFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() &&
|
|
traversedFrame->GetContent()->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree())) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Skip brFrames, but only if they are not the only frame in the line
|
|
if (atLineEdge && aDirection == eDirPrevious &&
|
|
traversedFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame) {
|
|
int32_t lineFrameCount;
|
|
nsIFrame *currentBlockFrame, *currentFirstFrame;
|
|
nsRect usedRect;
|
|
int32_t currentLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(traversedFrame, aScrollViewStop, ¤tBlockFrame);
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator iter = currentBlockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
result = iter->GetLine(currentLine, ¤tFirstFrame, &lineFrameCount, usedRect);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result)) {
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lineFrameCount > 1) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
traversedFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (!selectable) {
|
|
*aOutMovedOverNonSelectableText = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} // while (!selectable)
|
|
|
|
*aOutOffset = (aDirection == eDirNext) ? 0 : -1;
|
|
|
|
if (aVisual && IsReversedDirectionFrame(traversedFrame)) {
|
|
// The new frame is reverse-direction, go to the other end
|
|
*aOutOffset = -1 - *aOutOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
*aOutFrame = traversedFrame;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsView* nsIFrame::GetClosestView(nsPoint* aOffset) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint offset(0,0);
|
|
for (const nsIFrame *f = this; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->HasView()) {
|
|
if (aOffset)
|
|
*aOffset = offset;
|
|
return f->GetView();
|
|
}
|
|
offset += f->GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("No view on any parent? How did that happen?");
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::ChildIsDirty(nsIFrame* aChild)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("should never be called on a frame that doesn't inherit from "
|
|
"nsContainerFrame");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
|
|
a11y::AccType
|
|
nsFrame::AccessibleType()
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsTableCaption() && !GetRect().IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return a11y::eHTMLCaptionType;
|
|
}
|
|
return a11y::eNoType;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_DELETABLE(OverflowAreasProperty, nsOverflowAreas)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::ClearOverflowRects()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_NONE) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
DeleteProperty(OverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
mOverflow.mType = NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_NONE;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/** Create or retrieve the previously stored overflow area, if the frame does
|
|
* not overflow and no creation is required return nullptr.
|
|
* @return pointer to the overflow area rectangle
|
|
*/
|
|
nsOverflowAreas*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreasProperty()
|
|
{
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow = GetProperty(OverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
|
|
if (overflow) {
|
|
return overflow; // the property already exists
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The property isn't set yet, so allocate a new rect, set the property,
|
|
// and return the newly allocated rect
|
|
overflow = new nsOverflowAreas;
|
|
SetProperty(OverflowAreasProperty(), overflow);
|
|
return overflow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/** Set the overflowArea rect, storing it as deltas or a separate rect
|
|
* depending on its size in relation to the primary frame rect.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::SetOverflowAreas(const nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow = GetProperty(OverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
bool changed = *overflow != aOverflowAreas;
|
|
*overflow = aOverflowAreas;
|
|
|
|
// Don't bother with converting to the deltas form if we already
|
|
// have a property.
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& vis = aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow();
|
|
uint32_t l = -vis.x, // left edge: positive delta is leftwards
|
|
t = -vis.y, // top: positive is upwards
|
|
r = vis.XMost() - mRect.width, // right: positive is rightwards
|
|
b = vis.YMost() - mRect.height; // bottom: positive is downwards
|
|
if (aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize())) &&
|
|
l <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
t <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
r <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
b <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
// we have to check these against zero because we *never* want to
|
|
// set a frame as having no overflow in this function. This is
|
|
// because FinishAndStoreOverflow calls this function prior to
|
|
// SetRect based on whether the overflow areas match aNewSize.
|
|
// In the case where the overflow areas exactly match mRect but
|
|
// do not match aNewSize, we need to store overflow in a property
|
|
// so that our eventual SetRect/SetSize will know that it has to
|
|
// reset our overflow areas.
|
|
(l | t | r | b) != 0) {
|
|
VisualDeltas oldDeltas = mOverflow.mVisualDeltas;
|
|
// It's a "small" overflow area so we store the deltas for each edge
|
|
// directly in the frame, rather than allocating a separate rect.
|
|
// If they're all zero, that's fine; we're setting things to
|
|
// no-overflow.
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mLeft = l;
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mTop = t;
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mRight = r;
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mBottom = b;
|
|
// There was no scrollable overflow before, and there isn't now.
|
|
return oldDeltas != mOverflow.mVisualDeltas;
|
|
} else {
|
|
bool changed = !aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize())) ||
|
|
!aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow().IsEqualEdges(GetVisualOverflowFromDeltas());
|
|
|
|
// it's a large overflow area that we need to store as a property
|
|
mOverflow.mType = NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE;
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow = GetOverflowAreasProperty();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(overflow, "should have created areas");
|
|
*overflow = aOverflowAreas;
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline bool
|
|
IsInlineFrame(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIAtom *type = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
return type == nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Compute the union of the border boxes of aFrame and its descendants,
|
|
* in aFrame's coordinate space (if aApplyTransform is false) or its
|
|
* post-transform coordinate space (if aApplyTransform is true).
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
UnionBorderBoxes(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aApplyTransform,
|
|
bool& aOutValid,
|
|
const nsSize* aSizeOverride = nullptr,
|
|
const nsOverflowAreas* aOverflowOverride = nullptr)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0),
|
|
aSizeOverride ? *aSizeOverride : aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
// The SVG container frames do not maintain an accurate mRect.
|
|
// It will make the outline be larger than we expect, we need
|
|
// to make them narrow to their children's outline.
|
|
// aOutValid is set to false if the returned nsRect is not valid
|
|
// and should not be included in the outline rectangle.
|
|
aOutValid = !aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eSVGContainer);
|
|
|
|
// Start from our border-box, transformed. See comment below about
|
|
// transform of children.
|
|
nsRect u;
|
|
bool doTransform = aApplyTransform && aFrame->IsTransformed();
|
|
if (doTransform) {
|
|
u = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(bounds, aFrame, &bounds);
|
|
} else {
|
|
u = bounds;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only iterate through the children if the overflow areas suggest
|
|
// that we might need to, and if the frame doesn't clip its overflow
|
|
// anyway.
|
|
if (aOverflowOverride) {
|
|
if (!doTransform &&
|
|
bounds.IsEqualEdges(aOverflowOverride->VisualOverflow()) &&
|
|
bounds.IsEqualEdges(aOverflowOverride->ScrollableOverflow())) {
|
|
return u;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!doTransform &&
|
|
bounds.IsEqualEdges(aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect()) &&
|
|
bounds.IsEqualEdges(aFrame->GetScrollableOverflowRect())) {
|
|
return u;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (nsFrame::ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(aFrame, disp) ||
|
|
fType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame ||
|
|
fType == nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame ||
|
|
fType == nsGkAtoms::svgOuterSVGFrame) {
|
|
return u;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleEffects* effects = aFrame->StyleEffects();
|
|
Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClipRect =
|
|
aFrame->GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, bounds.Size());
|
|
|
|
// Iterate over all children except pop-ups.
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListIDs skip(nsIFrame::kPopupList |
|
|
nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList);
|
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListIterator childLists(aFrame);
|
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|
if (skip.Contains(childLists.CurrentID())) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrameList children = childLists.CurrentList();
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|
// Note that passing |true| for aApplyTransform when
|
|
// child->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors() is incorrect if our
|
|
// aApplyTransform is false... but the opposite would be as
|
|
// well. This is because elements within a preserve-3d scene
|
|
// are always transformed up to the top of the scene. This
|
|
// means we don't have a mechanism for getting a transform up to
|
|
// an intermediate point within the scene. We choose to
|
|
// over-transform rather than under-transform because this is
|
|
// consistent with other overflow areas.
|
|
bool validRect = true;
|
|
nsRect childRect = UnionBorderBoxes(child, true, validRect) +
|
|
child->GetPosition();
|
|
|
|
if (!validRect) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (clipPropClipRect) {
|
|
// Intersect with the clip before transforming.
|
|
childRect.IntersectRect(childRect, *clipPropClipRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Note that we transform each child separately according to
|
|
// aFrame's transform, and then union, which gives a different
|
|
// (smaller) result from unioning and then transforming the
|
|
// union. This doesn't match the way we handle overflow areas
|
|
// with 2-D transforms, though it does match the way we handle
|
|
// overflow areas in preserve-3d 3-D scenes.
|
|
if (doTransform && !child->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
|
|
childRect = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(childRect, aFrame, &bounds);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If a SVGContainer has a non-SVGContainer child, we assign
|
|
// its child's outline to this SVGContainer directly.
|
|
if (!aOutValid && validRect) {
|
|
u = childRect;
|
|
aOutValid = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
u.UnionRectEdges(u, childRect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return u;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
ComputeAndIncludeOutlineArea(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
const nsSize& aNewSize)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleOutline* outline = aFrame->StyleOutline();
|
|
const uint8_t outlineStyle = outline->mOutlineStyle;
|
|
if (outlineStyle == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord width = outline->GetOutlineWidth();
|
|
if (width <= 0 && outlineStyle != NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_AUTO) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the outline property is set on :-moz-anonymous-block or
|
|
// :-moz-anonymous-positioned-block pseudo-elements, it inherited
|
|
// that outline from the inline that was broken because it
|
|
// contained a block. In that case, we don't want a really wide
|
|
// outline if the block inside the inline is narrow, so union the
|
|
// actual contents of the anonymous blocks.
|
|
nsIFrame *frameForArea = aFrame;
|
|
do {
|
|
nsIAtom *pseudoType = frameForArea->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (pseudoType != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock &&
|
|
pseudoType != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock)
|
|
break;
|
|
// If we're done, we really want it and all its later siblings.
|
|
frameForArea = frameForArea->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frameForArea, "anonymous block with no children?");
|
|
} while (frameForArea);
|
|
|
|
// Find the union of the border boxes of all descendants, or in
|
|
// the block-in-inline case, all descendants we care about.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that the interesting perspective-related cases are taken
|
|
// care of by the code that handles those issues for overflow
|
|
// calling FinishAndStoreOverflow again, which in turn calls this
|
|
// function again. We still need to deal with preserve-3d a bit.
|
|
nsRect innerRect;
|
|
bool validRect;
|
|
if (frameForArea == aFrame) {
|
|
innerRect = UnionBorderBoxes(aFrame, false, validRect, &aNewSize, &aOverflowAreas);
|
|
} else {
|
|
for (; frameForArea; frameForArea = frameForArea->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
nsRect r(UnionBorderBoxes(frameForArea, true, validRect));
|
|
|
|
// Adjust for offsets transforms up to aFrame's pre-transform
|
|
// (i.e., normal) coordinate space; see comments in
|
|
// UnionBorderBoxes for some of the subtlety here.
|
|
for (nsIFrame *f = frameForArea, *parent = f->GetParent();
|
|
/* see middle of loop */;
|
|
f = parent, parent = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
r += f->GetPosition();
|
|
if (parent == aFrame) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (parent->IsTransformed() && !f->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
|
|
r = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(r, parent);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
innerRect.UnionRect(innerRect, r);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Keep this code in sync with GetOutlineInnerRect in nsCSSRendering.cpp.
|
|
aFrame->SetProperty(nsIFrame::OutlineInnerRectProperty(),
|
|
new nsRect(innerRect));
|
|
const nscoord offset = outline->mOutlineOffset;
|
|
nsRect outerRect(innerRect);
|
|
bool useOutlineAuto = false;
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsOutlineStyleAutoEnabled()) {
|
|
useOutlineAuto = outlineStyle == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_AUTO;
|
|
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(useOutlineAuto)) {
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsITheme* theme = presContext->GetTheme();
|
|
if (theme && theme->ThemeSupportsWidget(presContext, aFrame,
|
|
NS_THEME_FOCUS_OUTLINE)) {
|
|
outerRect.Inflate(offset);
|
|
theme->GetWidgetOverflow(presContext->DeviceContext(), aFrame,
|
|
NS_THEME_FOCUS_OUTLINE, &outerRect);
|
|
} else {
|
|
useOutlineAuto = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MOZ_LIKELY(!useOutlineAuto)) {
|
|
outerRect.Inflate(width + offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect& vo = aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow();
|
|
vo.UnionRectEdges(vo, innerRect.Union(outerRect));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::FinishAndStoreOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
nsSize aNewSize, nsSize* aOldSize)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(FrameMaintainsOverflow(),
|
|
"Don't call - overflow rects not maintained on these SVG frames");
|
|
|
|
nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
// Store the passed in overflow area if we are a preserve-3d frame or we have
|
|
// a transform, and it's not just the frame bounds.
|
|
if (Combines3DTransformWithAncestors() || IsTransformed()) {
|
|
if (!aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow().IsEqualEdges(bounds) ||
|
|
!aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(bounds)) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* initial =
|
|
GetProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty());
|
|
if (!initial) {
|
|
SetProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty(),
|
|
new nsOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
|
|
} else if (initial != &aOverflowAreas) {
|
|
*initial = aOverflowAreas;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DeleteProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
SetProperty(nsIFrame::DebugInitialOverflowPropertyApplied(), true);
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DeleteProperty(nsIFrame::DebugInitialOverflowPropertyApplied());
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This is now called FinishAndStoreOverflow() instead of
|
|
// StoreOverflow() because frame-generic ways of adding overflow
|
|
// can happen here, e.g. CSS2 outline and native theme.
|
|
// If the overflow area width or height is nscoord_MAX, then a
|
|
// saturating union may have encounted an overflow, so the overflow may not
|
|
// contain the frame border-box. Don't warn in that case.
|
|
// Don't warn for SVG either, since SVG doesn't need the overflow area
|
|
// to contain the frame bounds.
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
DebugOnly<nsRect*> r = &aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aNewSize.width == 0 || aNewSize.height == 0 ||
|
|
r->width == nscoord_MAX || r->height == nscoord_MAX ||
|
|
(mState & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) ||
|
|
r->Contains(nsRect(nsPoint(0,0), aNewSize)),
|
|
"Computed overflow area must contain frame bounds");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we clip our children, clear accumulated overflow area. The
|
|
// children are actually clipped to the padding-box, but since the
|
|
// overflow area should include the entire border-box, just set it to
|
|
// the border-box here.
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION((disp->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP) ==
|
|
(disp->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP),
|
|
"If one overflow is clip, the other should be too");
|
|
if (nsFrame::ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(this, disp)) {
|
|
// The contents are actually clipped to the padding area
|
|
aOverflowAreas.SetAllTo(bounds);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Overflow area must always include the frame's top-left and bottom-right,
|
|
// even if the frame rect is empty (so we can scroll to those positions).
|
|
// Pending a real fix for bug 426879, don't do this for inline frames
|
|
// with zero width.
|
|
// Do not do this for SVG either, since it will usually massively increase
|
|
// the area unnecessarily.
|
|
if ((aNewSize.width != 0 || !IsInlineFrame(this)) &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o.UnionRectEdges(o, bounds);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Note that NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP doesn't clip the frame background,
|
|
// so we add theme background overflow here so it's not clipped.
|
|
if (!::IsXULBoxWrapped(this) && IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsRect r(bounds);
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext->GetTheme()->
|
|
GetWidgetOverflow(presContext->DeviceContext(), this,
|
|
disp->mAppearance, &r)) {
|
|
nsRect& vo = aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow();
|
|
vo.UnionRectEdges(vo, r);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ComputeAndIncludeOutlineArea(this, aOverflowAreas, aNewSize);
|
|
|
|
// Nothing in here should affect scrollable overflow.
|
|
aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow() =
|
|
ComputeEffectsRect(this, aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow(), aNewSize);
|
|
|
|
// Absolute position clipping
|
|
const nsStyleEffects* effects = StyleEffects();
|
|
Maybe<nsRect> clipPropClipRect =
|
|
GetClipPropClipRect(disp, effects, aNewSize);
|
|
if (clipPropClipRect) {
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o.IntersectRect(o, *clipPropClipRect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we're transformed, transform the overflow rect by the current transformation. */
|
|
bool hasTransform = IsTransformed();
|
|
nsSize oldSize = mRect.Size();
|
|
bool sizeChanged = ((aOldSize ? *aOldSize : oldSize) != aNewSize);
|
|
|
|
/* Since our size might not actually have been computed yet, we need to make sure that we use the
|
|
* correct dimensions by overriding the stored bounding rectangle with the value the caller has
|
|
* ensured us we'll use.
|
|
*/
|
|
SetSize(aNewSize);
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenHavePerspective() && sizeChanged) {
|
|
nsRect newBounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hasTransform) {
|
|
SetProperty(nsIFrame::PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty(),
|
|
new nsOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
|
|
|
|
if (Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
|
|
/* If we're a preserve-3d leaf frame, then our pre-transform overflow should be correct. Our
|
|
* post-transform overflow is empty though, because we only contribute to the overflow area
|
|
* of the preserve-3d root frame.
|
|
* If we're an intermediate frame then the pre-transform overflow should contain all our
|
|
* non-preserve-3d children, which is what we want. Again we have no post-transform overflow.
|
|
*/
|
|
aOverflowAreas.SetAllTo(nsRect());
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(o, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we're the root of the 3d context, then we want to include the overflow areas of all
|
|
* the participants. This won't have happened yet as the code above set their overflow
|
|
* area to empty. Manually collect these overflow areas now.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (Extend3DContext()) {
|
|
ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DeleteProperty(nsIFrame::PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Revert the size change in case some caller is depending on this. */
|
|
SetSize(oldSize);
|
|
|
|
bool anyOverflowChanged;
|
|
if (aOverflowAreas != nsOverflowAreas(bounds, bounds)) {
|
|
anyOverflowChanged = SetOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas);
|
|
} else {
|
|
anyOverflowChanged = ClearOverflowRects();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (anyOverflowChanged) {
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this);
|
|
}
|
|
return anyOverflowChanged;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(const nsIFrame* aStartFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
if (!child->FrameMaintainsOverflow()) {
|
|
continue; // frame does not maintain overflow rects
|
|
}
|
|
if (child->HasPerspective()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow =
|
|
child->GetProperty(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty());
|
|
nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), child->GetSize());
|
|
if (overflow) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas overflowCopy = *overflow;
|
|
child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(overflowCopy, bounds.Size());
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas boundsOverflow;
|
|
boundsOverflow.SetAllTo(bounds);
|
|
child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(boundsOverflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (child->GetContainingBlock(SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME) == aStartFrame) {
|
|
// If a frame is using perspective, then the size used to compute
|
|
// perspective-origin is the size of the frame belonging to its parent
|
|
// style context. We must find any descendant frames using our size
|
|
// (by recursing into frames that have the same containing block)
|
|
// to update their overflow rects too.
|
|
child->RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(aStartFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find all descendants that participate in the 3d context, and include their overflow.
|
|
// These descendants have an empty overflow, so won't have been included in the normal
|
|
// overflow calculation. Any children that don't participate have normal overflow,
|
|
// so will have been included already.
|
|
|
|
nsRect childVisual;
|
|
nsRect childScrollable;
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
|
|
// If this child participates in the 3d context, then take the pre-transform
|
|
// region (which contains all descendants that aren't participating in the 3d context)
|
|
// and transform it into the 3d context root coordinate space.
|
|
if (child->Combines3DTransformWithAncestors()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas childOverflow = child->GetOverflowAreasRelativeToSelf();
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = childOverflow.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(o, child);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(childOverflow);
|
|
|
|
// If this child also extends the 3d context, then recurse into it
|
|
// looking for more participants.
|
|
if (child->Extend3DContext()) {
|
|
child->ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
nsIFrame::GetDepthInFrameTree() const
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t result = 0;
|
|
for (nsContainerFrame* ancestor = GetParent(); ancestor;
|
|
ancestor = ancestor->GetParent()) {
|
|
result++;
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::ConsiderChildOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
nsIFrame* aChildFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(aChildFrame->GetOverflowAreas() +
|
|
aChildFrame->GetPosition());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* This function takes a frame that is part of a block-in-inline split,
|
|
* and _if_ that frame is an anonymous block created by an ib split it
|
|
* returns the block's preceding inline. This is needed because the
|
|
* split inline's style context is the parent of the anonymous block's
|
|
* style context.
|
|
*
|
|
* If aFrame is not an anonymous block, null is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Must have a non-null frame!");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT,
|
|
"GetIBSplitSibling should only be called on ib-split frames");
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* type = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (type != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock &&
|
|
type != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock) {
|
|
// it's not an anonymous block
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the first continuation of the frame. (Ugh. This ends up
|
|
// being O(N^2) when it is called O(N) times.)
|
|
aFrame = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now look up the nsGkAtoms::IBSplitPrevSibling
|
|
* property.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsIFrame *ibSplitSibling =
|
|
aFrame->GetProperty(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(ibSplitSibling, "Broken frame tree?");
|
|
return ibSplitSibling;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get the parent, corrected for the mangled frame tree resulting from
|
|
* having a block within an inline. The result only differs from the
|
|
* result of |GetParent| when |GetParent| returns an anonymous block
|
|
* that was created for an element that was 'display: inline' because
|
|
* that element contained a block.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also skip anonymous scrolled-content parents; inherit directly from the
|
|
* outer scroll frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also skip NAC parents if the child frame is NAC.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetCorrectedParent(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For a table caption we want the _inner_ table frame (unless it's anonymous)
|
|
// as the style parent.
|
|
if (aFrame->IsTableCaption()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* innerTable = parent->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
if (!innerTable->StyleContext()->GetPseudo()) {
|
|
return innerTable;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Table wrappers are always anon boxes; if we're in here for an outer
|
|
// table, that actually means its the _inner_ table that wants to
|
|
// know its parent. So get the pseudo of the inner in that case.
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudo = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (pseudo == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableWrapper) {
|
|
pseudo = aFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild()->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Prevent NAC from inheriting NAC. This partially duplicates the logic
|
|
// implemented in nsCSSFrameConstructor::AddFCItemsForAnonymousContent, and is
|
|
// necessary so that restyle inherits style contexts in the same way as the
|
|
// initial styling performed in frame construction.
|
|
//
|
|
// It would be nice to put it in CorrectStyleParentFrame and therefore share
|
|
// it, but that would lose the information of whether the _child_ is NAC,
|
|
// since CorrectStyleParentFrame only knows about the prospective _parent_.
|
|
// This duplication and complexity will go away when we fully switch to the
|
|
// Servo style system, where all this can be handled much more naturally.
|
|
//
|
|
// We need to take special care not to disrupt the style inheritance of frames
|
|
// whose content is NAC but who implement a pseudo (like an anonymous
|
|
// box, or a non-NAC-backed pseudo like ::first-line) that does not match the
|
|
// one that the NAC implements, if any.
|
|
nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
Element* element =
|
|
content && content->IsElement() ? content->AsElement() : nullptr;
|
|
if (element && element->IsNativeAnonymous() && !element->IsNativeScrollbarContent() &&
|
|
element->GetPseudoElementType() == aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudoType()) {
|
|
while (parent->GetContent() && parent->GetContent()->IsNativeAnonymous()) {
|
|
parent = parent->GetInFlowParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsFrame::CorrectStyleParentFrame(parent, pseudo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsFrame::CorrectStyleParentFrame(nsIFrame* aProspectiveParent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aChildPseudo)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aProspectiveParent, "Must have a prospective parent");
|
|
|
|
// Anon boxes are parented to their actual parent already, except
|
|
// for non-elements. Those should not be treated as an anon box.
|
|
if (aChildPseudo && !nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsNonElement(aChildPseudo) &&
|
|
nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsAnonBox(aChildPseudo)) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aChildPseudo != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock &&
|
|
aChildPseudo != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock,
|
|
"Should have dealt with kids that have "
|
|
"NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT elsewhere");
|
|
return aProspectiveParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, walk up out of all anon boxes. For placeholder frames, walk out
|
|
// of all pseudo-elements as well. Otherwise ReparentStyleContext could cause
|
|
// style data to be out of sync with the frame tree.
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aProspectiveParent;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (parent->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|
nsIFrame* sibling = GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock(parent);
|
|
|
|
if (sibling) {
|
|
// |parent| was a block in an {ib} split; use the inline as
|
|
// |the style parent.
|
|
parent = sibling;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* parentPseudo = parent->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (!parentPseudo ||
|
|
(!nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsAnonBox(parentPseudo) &&
|
|
// nsPlaceholderFrame pases in nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame for
|
|
// aChildPseudo (even though that's not a valid pseudo-type) just to
|
|
// trigger this behavior of walking up to the nearest non-pseudo
|
|
// ancestor.
|
|
aChildPseudo != nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame)) {
|
|
return parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
parent = parent->GetParent();
|
|
} while (parent);
|
|
|
|
if (aProspectiveParent->StyleContext()->GetPseudo() ==
|
|
nsCSSAnonBoxes::viewportScroll) {
|
|
// aProspectiveParent is the scrollframe for a viewport
|
|
// and the kids are the anonymous scrollbars
|
|
return aProspectiveParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We can get here if the root element is absolutely positioned.
|
|
// We can't test for this very accurately, but it can only happen
|
|
// when the prospective parent is a canvas frame.
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aProspectiveParent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame,
|
|
"Should have found a parent before this");
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext*
|
|
nsFrame::DoGetParentStyleContext(nsIFrame** aProviderFrame) const
|
|
{
|
|
*aProviderFrame = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// Handle display:contents and the root frame, when there's no parent frame
|
|
// to inherit from.
|
|
if (MOZ_LIKELY(mContent)) {
|
|
nsIContent* parentContent = mContent->GetFlattenedTreeParent();
|
|
if (MOZ_LIKELY(parentContent)) {
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudo = StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (!pseudo || !mContent->IsElement() ||
|
|
(!nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsAnonBox(pseudo) &&
|
|
// Ensure that we don't return the display:contents style
|
|
// of the parent content for pseudos that have the same content
|
|
// as their primary frame (like -moz-list-bullets do):
|
|
mContent->GetPrimaryFrame() == this) ||
|
|
/* if next is true then it's really a request for the table frame's
|
|
parent context, see nsTable[Outer]Frame::GetParentStyleContext. */
|
|
pseudo == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableWrapper) {
|
|
nsFrameManager* fm = PresContext()->FrameManager();
|
|
nsStyleContext* sc = fm->GetDisplayContentsStyleFor(parentContent);
|
|
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(sc)) {
|
|
return sc;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!StyleContext()->GetPseudo()) {
|
|
// we're a frame for the root. We have no style context parent.
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!(mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this frame is an anonymous block created when an inline with a block
|
|
* inside it got split, then the parent style context is on its preceding
|
|
* inline. We can get to it using GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|
nsIFrame* ibSplitSibling = GetIBSplitSiblingForAnonymousBlock(this);
|
|
if (ibSplitSibling) {
|
|
return (*aProviderFrame = ibSplitSibling)->StyleContext();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this frame is one of the blocks that split an inline, we must
|
|
// return the "special" inline parent, i.e., the parent that this
|
|
// frame would have if we didn't mangle the frame structure.
|
|
*aProviderFrame = GetCorrectedParent(this);
|
|
return *aProviderFrame ? (*aProviderFrame)->StyleContext() : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We're an out-of-flow frame. For out-of-flow frames, we must
|
|
// resolve underneath the placeholder's parent. The placeholder is
|
|
// reached from the first-in-flow.
|
|
nsIFrame* placeholder = FirstInFlow()->GetPlaceholderFrame();
|
|
if (!placeholder) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("no placeholder frame for out-of-flow frame");
|
|
*aProviderFrame = GetCorrectedParent(this);
|
|
return *aProviderFrame ? (*aProviderFrame)->StyleContext() : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
return placeholder->GetParentStyleContext(aProviderFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame **aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame || !*aFrame)
|
|
return;
|
|
nsIFrame *child = *aFrame;
|
|
//if we are a block frame then go for the last line of 'this'
|
|
while (1){
|
|
child = child->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
if (!child)
|
|
return;//nothing to do
|
|
nsIFrame* siblingFrame;
|
|
nsIContent* content;
|
|
//ignore anonymous elements, e.g. mozTableAdd* mozTableRemove*
|
|
//see bug 278197 comment #12 #13 for details
|
|
while ((siblingFrame = child->GetNextSibling()) &&
|
|
(content = siblingFrame->GetContent()) &&
|
|
!content->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree())
|
|
child = siblingFrame;
|
|
*aFrame = child;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame **aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame || !*aFrame)
|
|
return;
|
|
nsIFrame *child = *aFrame;
|
|
while (1){
|
|
child = child->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
|
|
if (!child)
|
|
return;//nothing to do
|
|
*aFrame = child;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsFocusable(int32_t *aTabIndex, bool aWithMouse)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t tabIndex = -1;
|
|
if (aTabIndex) {
|
|
*aTabIndex = -1; // Default for early return is not focusable
|
|
}
|
|
bool isFocusable = false;
|
|
|
|
if (mContent && mContent->IsElement() && IsVisibleConsideringAncestors() &&
|
|
StyleContext()->GetPseudo() != nsCSSAnonBoxes::anonymousFlexItem &&
|
|
StyleContext()->GetPseudo() != nsCSSAnonBoxes::anonymousGridItem) {
|
|
const nsStyleUserInterface* ui = StyleUserInterface();
|
|
if (ui->mUserFocus != StyleUserFocus::Ignore &&
|
|
ui->mUserFocus != StyleUserFocus::None) {
|
|
// Pass in default tabindex of -1 for nonfocusable and 0 for focusable
|
|
tabIndex = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
isFocusable = mContent->IsFocusable(&tabIndex, aWithMouse);
|
|
if (!isFocusable && !aWithMouse &&
|
|
GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame &&
|
|
mContent->IsHTMLElement() &&
|
|
!mContent->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
|
|
mContent->GetParent() &&
|
|
!mContent->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::tabindex)) {
|
|
// Elements with scrollable view are focusable with script & tabbable
|
|
// Otherwise you couldn't scroll them with keyboard, which is
|
|
// an accessibility issue (e.g. Section 508 rules)
|
|
// However, we don't make them to be focusable with the mouse,
|
|
// because the extra focus outlines are considered unnecessarily ugly.
|
|
// When clicked on, the selection position within the element
|
|
// will be enough to make them keyboard scrollable.
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *scrollFrame = do_QueryFrame(this);
|
|
if (scrollFrame &&
|
|
!scrollFrame->GetScrollStyles().IsHiddenInBothDirections() &&
|
|
!scrollFrame->GetScrollRange().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(0, 0, 0, 0))) {
|
|
// Scroll bars will be used for overflow
|
|
isFocusable = true;
|
|
tabIndex = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aTabIndex) {
|
|
*aTabIndex = tabIndex;
|
|
}
|
|
return isFocusable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @return true if this text frame ends with a newline character which is
|
|
* treated as preformatted. It should return false if this is not a text frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasSignificantTerminalNewline() const
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static uint8_t
|
|
ConvertSVGDominantBaselineToVerticalAlign(uint8_t aDominantBaseline)
|
|
{
|
|
// Most of these are approximate mappings.
|
|
switch (aDominantBaseline) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_HANGING:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_TEXT_BEFORE_EDGE:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_TEXT_TOP;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_TEXT_AFTER_EDGE:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_IDEOGRAPHIC:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_CENTRAL:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_MIDDLE:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_MATHEMATICAL:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_MIDDLE;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_ALPHABETIC:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_USE_SCRIPT:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_NO_CHANGE:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_RESET_SIZE:
|
|
// These three should not simply map to 'baseline', but we don't
|
|
// support the complex baseline model that SVG 1.1 has and which
|
|
// css3-linebox now defines.
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected aDominantBaseline value");
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint8_t
|
|
nsIFrame::VerticalAlignEnum() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsSVGText()) {
|
|
uint8_t dominantBaseline;
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* frame = this; frame; frame = frame->GetParent()) {
|
|
dominantBaseline = frame->StyleSVGReset()->mDominantBaseline;
|
|
if (dominantBaseline != NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO ||
|
|
frame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ConvertSVGDominantBaselineToVerticalAlign(dominantBaseline);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& verticalAlign = StyleDisplay()->mVerticalAlign;
|
|
if (verticalAlign.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
return verticalAlign.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return eInvalidVerticalAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void nsFrame::FillCursorInformationFromStyle(const nsStyleUserInterface* ui,
|
|
nsIFrame::Cursor& aCursor)
|
|
{
|
|
aCursor.mCursor = ui->mCursor;
|
|
aCursor.mHaveHotspot = false;
|
|
aCursor.mLoading = false;
|
|
aCursor.mHotspotX = aCursor.mHotspotY = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
for (const nsCursorImage& item : ui->mCursorImages) {
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
nsresult rv = item.GetImage()->GetImageStatus(&status);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
if (!(status & imgIRequest::STATUS_LOAD_COMPLETE)) {
|
|
// If we are falling back because any cursor before is loading,
|
|
// let the consumer know.
|
|
aCursor.mLoading = true;
|
|
} else if (!(status & imgIRequest::STATUS_ERROR)) {
|
|
// This is the one we want
|
|
item.GetImage()->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(aCursor.mContainer));
|
|
aCursor.mHaveHotspot = item.mHaveHotspot;
|
|
aCursor.mHotspotX = item.mHotspotX;
|
|
aCursor.mHotspotY = item.mHotspotY;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::RefreshSizeCache(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
// XXXbz this comment needs some rewriting to make sense in the
|
|
// post-reflow-branch world.
|
|
|
|
// Ok we need to compute our minimum, preferred, and maximum sizes.
|
|
// 1) Maximum size. This is easy. Its infinite unless it is overloaded by CSS.
|
|
// 2) Preferred size. This is a little harder. This is the size the block would be
|
|
// if it were laid out on an infinite canvas. So we can get this by reflowing
|
|
// the block with and INTRINSIC width and height. We can also do a nice optimization
|
|
// for incremental reflow. If the reflow is incremental then we can pass a flag to
|
|
// have the block compute the preferred width for us! Preferred height can just be
|
|
// the minimum height;
|
|
// 3) Minimum size. This is a toughy. We can pass the block a flag asking for the max element
|
|
// size. That would give us the width. Unfortunately you can only ask for a maxElementSize
|
|
// during an incremental reflow. So on other reflows we will just have to use 0.
|
|
// The min height on the other hand is fairly easy we need to get the largest
|
|
// line height. This can be done with the line iterator.
|
|
|
|
// if we do have a rendering context
|
|
nsRenderingContext* rendContext = aState.GetRenderingContext();
|
|
if (rendContext) {
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
|
|
|
|
// If we don't have any HTML constraints and it's a resize, then nothing in the block
|
|
// could have changed, so no refresh is necessary.
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// the rect we plan to size to.
|
|
nsRect rect = GetRect();
|
|
|
|
nsMargin bp(0,0,0,0);
|
|
GetXULBorderAndPadding(bp);
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
// If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
|
|
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width =
|
|
GetPrefISize(rendContext) + bp.LeftRight();
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.width =
|
|
GetMinISize(rendContext) + bp.LeftRight();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// do the nasty.
|
|
const WritingMode wm = aState.OuterReflowInput() ?
|
|
aState.OuterReflowInput()->GetWritingMode() : GetWritingMode();
|
|
ReflowOutput desiredSize(wm);
|
|
BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, rendContext,
|
|
rect.x, rect.y,
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
|
|
// ok we need the max ascent of the items on the line. So to do this
|
|
// ask the block for its line iterator. Get the max ascent.
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator lines = GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (lines)
|
|
{
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
nsIFrame* firstFrame = nullptr;
|
|
int32_t framesOnLine;
|
|
nsRect lineBounds;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
lines->GetLine(count, &firstFrame, &framesOnLine, lineBounds);
|
|
|
|
if (lineBounds.height > metrics->mBlockMinSize.height)
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = lineBounds.height;
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
} while(firstFrame);
|
|
} else {
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = desiredSize.Height();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height = metrics->mBlockMinSize.height;
|
|
|
|
if (desiredSize.BlockStartAscent() ==
|
|
ReflowOutput::ASK_FOR_BASELINE) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(wm, this,
|
|
&metrics->mBlockAscent))
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent = GetLogicalBaseline(wm);
|
|
} else {
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent = desiredSize.BlockStartAscent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_adaptor
|
|
printf("min=(%d,%d), pref=(%d,%d), ascent=%d\n", metrics->mBlockMinSize.width,
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height,
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width,
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height,
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsILineIterator*
|
|
nsFrame::GetLineIterator()
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetXULPrefSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(0,0);
|
|
DISPLAY_PREF_SIZE(this, size);
|
|
// If the size is cached, and there are no HTML constraints that we might
|
|
// be depending on, then we just return the cached size.
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize)) {
|
|
return metrics->mPrefSize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsXULCollapsed())
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
// get our size in CSS.
|
|
bool widthSet, heightSet;
|
|
bool completelyRedefined = nsIFrame::AddXULPrefSize(this, size, widthSet, heightSet);
|
|
|
|
// Refresh our caches with new sizes.
|
|
if (!completelyRedefined) {
|
|
RefreshSizeCache(aState);
|
|
nsSize blockSize = metrics->mBlockPrefSize;
|
|
|
|
// notice we don't need to add our borders or padding
|
|
// in. That's because the block did it for us.
|
|
if (!widthSet)
|
|
size.width = blockSize.width;
|
|
if (!heightSet)
|
|
size.height = blockSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mPrefSize = size;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetXULMinSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(0,0);
|
|
DISPLAY_MIN_SIZE(this, size);
|
|
// Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowInput constraints --- they might have changed
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mMinSize)) {
|
|
size = metrics->mMinSize;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsXULCollapsed())
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
// get our size in CSS.
|
|
bool widthSet, heightSet;
|
|
bool completelyRedefined =
|
|
nsIFrame::AddXULMinSize(aState, this, size, widthSet, heightSet);
|
|
|
|
// Refresh our caches with new sizes.
|
|
if (!completelyRedefined) {
|
|
RefreshSizeCache(aState);
|
|
nsSize blockSize = metrics->mBlockMinSize;
|
|
|
|
if (!widthSet)
|
|
size.width = blockSize.width;
|
|
if (!heightSet)
|
|
size.height = blockSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mMinSize = size;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetXULMaxSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(NS_INTRINSICSIZE, NS_INTRINSICSIZE);
|
|
DISPLAY_MAX_SIZE(this, size);
|
|
// Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowInput constraints --- they might have changed
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize)) {
|
|
size = metrics->mMaxSize;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsXULCollapsed())
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
size = nsBox::GetXULMaxSize(aState);
|
|
metrics->mMaxSize = size;
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetXULFlex()
|
|
{
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mFlex))
|
|
return metrics->mFlex;
|
|
|
|
metrics->mFlex = nsBox::GetXULFlex();
|
|
|
|
return metrics->mFlex;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetXULBoxAscent(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mAscent))
|
|
return metrics->mAscent;
|
|
|
|
if (IsXULCollapsed()) {
|
|
metrics->mAscent = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Refresh our caches with new sizes.
|
|
RefreshSizeCache(aState);
|
|
metrics->mAscent = metrics->mBlockAscent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return metrics->mAscent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DoXULLayout(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect ourRect(mRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext* rendContext = aState.GetRenderingContext();
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
|
|
WritingMode ourWM = GetWritingMode();
|
|
const WritingMode outerWM = aState.OuterReflowInput() ?
|
|
aState.OuterReflowInput()->GetWritingMode() : ourWM;
|
|
ReflowOutput desiredSize(outerWM);
|
|
LogicalSize ourSize = GetLogicalSize(outerWM);
|
|
|
|
if (rendContext) {
|
|
|
|
BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, rendContext,
|
|
ourRect.x, ourRect.y, ourRect.width, ourRect.height);
|
|
|
|
if (IsXULCollapsed()) {
|
|
SetSize(nsSize(0, 0));
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// if our child needs to be bigger. This might happend with
|
|
// wrapping text. There is no way to predict its height until we
|
|
// reflow it. Now that we know the height reshuffle upward.
|
|
if (desiredSize.ISize(outerWM) > ourSize.ISize(outerWM) ||
|
|
desiredSize.BSize(outerWM) > ourSize.BSize(outerWM)) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_GROW
|
|
XULDumpBox(stdout);
|
|
printf(" GREW from (%d,%d) -> (%d,%d)\n",
|
|
ourSize.ISize(outerWM), ourSize.BSize(outerWM),
|
|
desiredSize.ISize(outerWM), desiredSize.BSize(outerWM));
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (desiredSize.ISize(outerWM) > ourSize.ISize(outerWM)) {
|
|
ourSize.ISize(outerWM) = desiredSize.ISize(outerWM);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (desiredSize.BSize(outerWM) > ourSize.BSize(outerWM)) {
|
|
ourSize.BSize(outerWM) = desiredSize.BSize(outerWM);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ensure our size is what we think is should be. Someone could have
|
|
// reset the frame to be smaller or something dumb like that.
|
|
SetSize(ourSize.ConvertTo(ourWM, outerWM));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Should we do this if IsXULCollapsed() is true?
|
|
LogicalSize size(GetLogicalSize(outerWM));
|
|
desiredSize.ISize(outerWM) = size.ISize(outerWM);
|
|
desiredSize.BSize(outerWM) = size.BSize(outerWM);
|
|
desiredSize.UnionOverflowAreasWithDesiredBounds();
|
|
|
|
if (HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
|
|
// Set up a |reflowInput| to pass into ReflowAbsoluteFrames
|
|
ReflowInput reflowInput(aState.PresContext(), this,
|
|
aState.GetRenderingContext(),
|
|
LogicalSize(ourWM, ISize(),
|
|
NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE),
|
|
ReflowInput::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
|
|
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW);
|
|
// Set up a |reflowStatus| to pass into ReflowAbsoluteFrames
|
|
// (just a dummy value; hopefully that's OK)
|
|
nsReflowStatus reflowStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
ReflowAbsoluteFrames(aState.PresContext(), desiredSize,
|
|
reflowInput, reflowStatus);
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize oldSize(ourRect.Size());
|
|
FinishAndStoreOverflow(desiredSize.mOverflowAreas,
|
|
size.GetPhysicalSize(outerWM), &oldSize);
|
|
|
|
SyncLayout(aState);
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::BoxReflow(nsBoxLayoutState& aState,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nscoord aX,
|
|
nscoord aY,
|
|
nscoord aWidth,
|
|
nscoord aHeight,
|
|
bool aMoveFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsBoxToBlockAdaptor");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("Reflowing: ");
|
|
nsFrame::ListTag(stdout, mFrame);
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
gIndent2++;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
nsReflowStatus status = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
WritingMode wm = aDesiredSize.GetWritingMode();
|
|
|
|
bool needsReflow = NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(this);
|
|
|
|
// if we don't need a reflow then
|
|
// lets see if we are already that size. Yes? then don't even reflow. We are done.
|
|
if (!needsReflow) {
|
|
|
|
if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
|
|
|
|
// if the new calculated size has a 0 width or a 0 height
|
|
if ((metrics->mLastSize.width == 0 || metrics->mLastSize.height == 0) && (aWidth == 0 || aHeight == 0)) {
|
|
needsReflow = false;
|
|
aDesiredSize.Width() = aWidth;
|
|
aDesiredSize.Height() = aHeight;
|
|
SetSize(aDesiredSize.Size(wm).ConvertTo(GetWritingMode(), wm));
|
|
} else {
|
|
aDesiredSize.Width() = metrics->mLastSize.width;
|
|
aDesiredSize.Height() = metrics->mLastSize.height;
|
|
|
|
// remove the margin. The rect of our child does not include it but our calculated size does.
|
|
// don't reflow if we are already the right size
|
|
if (metrics->mLastSize.width == aWidth && metrics->mLastSize.height == aHeight)
|
|
needsReflow = false;
|
|
else
|
|
needsReflow = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// if the width or height are intrinsic alway reflow because
|
|
// we don't know what it should be.
|
|
needsReflow = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ok now reflow the child into the spacers calculated space
|
|
if (needsReflow) {
|
|
|
|
aDesiredSize.ClearSize();
|
|
|
|
// create a reflow state to tell our child to flow at the given size.
|
|
|
|
// Construct a bogus parent reflow state so that there's a usable
|
|
// containing block reflow state.
|
|
nsMargin margin(0,0,0,0);
|
|
GetXULMargin(margin);
|
|
|
|
nsSize parentSize(aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
if (parentSize.height != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentSize.height += margin.TopBottom();
|
|
if (parentSize.width != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentSize.width += margin.LeftRight();
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *parentFrame = GetParent();
|
|
nsFrameState savedState = parentFrame->GetStateBits();
|
|
WritingMode parentWM = parentFrame->GetWritingMode();
|
|
ReflowInput
|
|
parentReflowInput(aPresContext, parentFrame, aRenderingContext,
|
|
LogicalSize(parentWM, parentSize),
|
|
ReflowInput::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
|
|
parentFrame->RemoveStateBits(~nsFrameState(0));
|
|
parentFrame->AddStateBits(savedState);
|
|
|
|
// This may not do very much useful, but it's probably worth trying.
|
|
if (parentSize.width != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentReflowInput.SetComputedWidth(std::max(parentSize.width, 0));
|
|
if (parentSize.height != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentReflowInput.SetComputedHeight(std::max(parentSize.height, 0));
|
|
parentReflowInput.ComputedPhysicalMargin().SizeTo(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
// XXX use box methods
|
|
parentFrame->GetXULPadding(parentReflowInput.ComputedPhysicalPadding());
|
|
parentFrame->GetXULBorder(parentReflowInput.ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding());
|
|
parentReflowInput.ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding() +=
|
|
parentReflowInput.ComputedPhysicalPadding();
|
|
|
|
// Construct the parent chain manually since constructing it normally
|
|
// messes up dimensions.
|
|
const ReflowInput *outerReflowInput = aState.OuterReflowInput();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!outerReflowInput || outerReflowInput->mFrame != this,
|
|
"in and out of XUL on a single frame?");
|
|
const ReflowInput* parentRI;
|
|
if (outerReflowInput && outerReflowInput->mFrame == parentFrame) {
|
|
// We're a frame (such as a text control frame) that jumps into
|
|
// box reflow and then straight out of it on the child frame.
|
|
// This means we actually have a real parent reflow state.
|
|
// nsLayoutUtils::InflationMinFontSizeFor used to need this to be
|
|
// linked up correctly for text control frames, so do so here).
|
|
parentRI = outerReflowInput;
|
|
} else {
|
|
parentRI = &parentReflowInput;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXX Is it OK that this reflow state has only one ancestor?
|
|
// (It used to have a bogus parent, skipping all the boxes).
|
|
WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
|
|
LogicalSize logicalSize(wm, nsSize(aWidth, aHeight));
|
|
logicalSize.BSize(wm) = NS_INTRINSICSIZE;
|
|
ReflowInput reflowInput(aPresContext, *parentRI, this,
|
|
logicalSize, nullptr,
|
|
ReflowInput::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
|
|
|
|
// XXX_jwir3: This is somewhat fishy. If this is actually changing the value
|
|
// here (which it might be), then we should make sure that it's
|
|
// correct the first time around, rather than changing it later.
|
|
reflowInput.mCBReflowInput = parentRI;
|
|
|
|
reflowInput.mReflowDepth = aState.GetReflowDepth();
|
|
|
|
// mComputedWidth and mComputedHeight are content-box, not
|
|
// border-box
|
|
if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
|
|
nscoord computedWidth =
|
|
aWidth - reflowInput.ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding().LeftRight();
|
|
computedWidth = std::max(computedWidth, 0);
|
|
reflowInput.SetComputedWidth(computedWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Most child frames of box frames (e.g. subdocument or scroll frames)
|
|
// need to be constrained to the provided size and overflow as necessary.
|
|
// The one exception are block frames, because we need to know their
|
|
// natural height excluding any overflow area which may be caused by
|
|
// various CSS effects such as shadow or outline.
|
|
if (!IsFrameOfType(eBlockFrame)) {
|
|
if (aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
|
|
nscoord computedHeight =
|
|
aHeight - reflowInput.ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding().TopBottom();
|
|
computedHeight = std::max(computedHeight, 0);
|
|
reflowInput.SetComputedHeight(computedHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
reflowInput.SetComputedHeight(
|
|
ComputeSize(aRenderingContext, wm,
|
|
logicalSize,
|
|
logicalSize.ISize(wm),
|
|
reflowInput.ComputedLogicalMargin().Size(wm),
|
|
reflowInput.ComputedLogicalBorderPadding().Size(wm) -
|
|
reflowInput.ComputedLogicalPadding().Size(wm),
|
|
reflowInput.ComputedLogicalPadding().Size(wm),
|
|
ComputeSizeFlags::eDefault).Height(wm));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Box layout calls SetRect before XULLayout, whereas non-box layout
|
|
// calls SetRect after Reflow.
|
|
// XXX Perhaps we should be doing this by twiddling the rect back to
|
|
// mLastSize before calling Reflow and then switching it back, but
|
|
// However, mLastSize can also be the size passed to BoxReflow by
|
|
// RefreshSizeCache, so that doesn't really make sense.
|
|
if (metrics->mLastSize.width != aWidth) {
|
|
reflowInput.SetHResize(true);
|
|
|
|
// When font size inflation is enabled, a horizontal resize
|
|
// requires a full reflow. See ReflowInput::InitResizeFlags
|
|
// for more details.
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(aPresContext)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (metrics->mLastSize.height != aHeight) {
|
|
reflowInput.SetVResize(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("Size=(%d,%d)\n",reflowInput.ComputedWidth(),
|
|
reflowInput.ComputedHeight());
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
nsAdaptorPrintReason(reflowInput);
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// place the child and reflow
|
|
|
|
Reflow(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, reflowInput, status);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_FRAME_IS_COMPLETE(status), "bad status");
|
|
|
|
uint32_t layoutFlags = aState.LayoutFlags();
|
|
nsContainerFrame::FinishReflowChild(this, aPresContext, aDesiredSize,
|
|
&reflowInput, aX, aY, layoutFlags | NS_FRAME_NO_MOVE_FRAME);
|
|
|
|
// Save the ascent. (bug 103925)
|
|
if (IsXULCollapsed()) {
|
|
metrics->mAscent = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (aDesiredSize.BlockStartAscent() ==
|
|
ReflowOutput::ASK_FOR_BASELINE) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(wm, this, &metrics->mAscent))
|
|
metrics->mAscent = GetLogicalBaseline(wm);
|
|
} else
|
|
metrics->mAscent = aDesiredSize.BlockStartAscent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
aDesiredSize.SetBlockStartAscent(metrics->mBlockAscent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
if (aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aDesiredSize.Height() != aHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("*****got taller!*****\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aDesiredSize.Width() != aWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("*****got wider!******\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (aWidth == NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
aWidth = aDesiredSize.Width();
|
|
|
|
if (aHeight == NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
aHeight = aDesiredSize.Height();
|
|
|
|
metrics->mLastSize.width = aDesiredSize.Width();
|
|
metrics->mLastSize.height = aDesiredSize.Height();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
gIndent2--;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics*
|
|
nsFrame::BoxMetrics() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = GetProperty(BoxMetricsProperty());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(metrics, "A box layout method was called but InitBoxMetrics was never called");
|
|
return metrics;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsIFrame::AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP) &&
|
|
aFrame->TrackingVisibility()) {
|
|
// Assume all frames in popups are visible.
|
|
aFrame->IncApproximateVisibleCount();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrame->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP);
|
|
|
|
AutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|
aFrame->GetCrossDocChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator lists(childListArray);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants(childFrames.get());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsIFrame::RemoveInPopupStateBitFromDescendants(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP) ||
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(aFrame)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrame->RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP);
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->TrackingVisibility()) {
|
|
// We assume all frames in popups are visible, so this decrement balances
|
|
// out the increment in AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants above.
|
|
aFrame->DecApproximateVisibleCount();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|
aFrame->GetCrossDocChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator lists(childListArray);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
RemoveInPopupStateBitFromDescendants(childFrames.get());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::SetParent(nsContainerFrame* aParent)
|
|
{
|
|
// Note that the current mParent may already be destroyed at this point.
|
|
mParent = aParent;
|
|
if (::IsXULBoxWrapped(this)) {
|
|
::InitBoxMetrics(this, true);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// We could call Properties().Delete(BoxMetricsProperty()); here but
|
|
// that's kind of slow and re-parenting in such a way that we were
|
|
// IsXULBoxWrapped() before but not now should be very rare, so we'll just
|
|
// keep this unused frame property until this frame dies instead.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & (NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW | NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW)) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aParent;
|
|
f && !(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE)) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aParent; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE)) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aParent; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasInvalidFrameInSubtree()) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aParent;
|
|
f && !f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT | NS_FRAME_IS_NONDISPLAY);
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_NEEDS_PAINT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aParent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP)) {
|
|
AddInPopupStateBitToDescendants(this);
|
|
} else {
|
|
RemoveInPopupStateBitFromDescendants(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If our new parent only has invalid children, then we just invalidate
|
|
// ourselves too. This is probably faster than clearing the flag all
|
|
// the way up the frame tree.
|
|
if (aParent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_ALL_DESCENDANTS_NEED_PAINT)) {
|
|
InvalidateFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::CreateOwnLayerIfNeeded(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aList)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetContent() &&
|
|
GetContent()->IsXULElement() &&
|
|
GetContent()->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::layer)) {
|
|
aList->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayOwnLayer(aBuilder, this, aList));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsSelected() const
|
|
{
|
|
return (GetContent() && GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant()) ?
|
|
IsFrameSelected() : false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*static*/ void
|
|
nsIFrame::DestroyContentArray(ContentArray* aArray)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIContent* content : *aArray) {
|
|
content->UnbindFromTree();
|
|
NS_RELEASE(content);
|
|
}
|
|
delete aArray;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsPseudoStackingContextFromStyle() {
|
|
// If you change this, also change the computation of pseudoStackingContext
|
|
// in BuildDisplayListForChild()
|
|
if (StyleEffects()->mOpacity != 1.0f) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = StyleDisplay();
|
|
return disp->IsAbsPosContainingBlock(this) ||
|
|
disp->IsFloating(this) ||
|
|
(disp->mWillChangeBitField & NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_STACKING_CONTEXT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Element*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPseudoElement(CSSPseudoElementType aType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!mContent) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aType == CSSPseudoElementType::before) {
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetBeforePseudo(mContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aType == CSSPseudoElementType::after) {
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetAfterPseudo(mContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsFrameScrolledOutOfView(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(aFrame,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC |
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN);
|
|
if (!scrollableFrame) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *scrollableParent = do_QueryFrame(scrollableFrame);
|
|
nsRect rect = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
|
|
nsRect transformedRect =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(aFrame,
|
|
rect,
|
|
scrollableParent);
|
|
|
|
nsRect scrollableRect = scrollableParent->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
if (!transformedRect.Intersects(scrollableRect)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = scrollableParent->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return IsFrameScrolledOutOfView(parent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsScrolledOutOfView()
|
|
{
|
|
return IsFrameScrolledOutOfView(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::CaretPosition::CaretPosition()
|
|
: mContentOffset(0)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::CaretPosition::~CaretPosition()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::HasCSSAnimations()
|
|
{
|
|
auto collection =
|
|
AnimationCollection<CSSAnimation>::GetAnimationCollection(this);
|
|
return collection && collection->mAnimations.Length() > 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::HasCSSTransitions()
|
|
{
|
|
auto collection =
|
|
AnimationCollection<CSSTransition>::GetAnimationCollection(this);
|
|
return collection && collection->mAnimations.Length() > 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
size_t
|
|
nsIFrame::SizeOfFramePropertiesForTree(MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
|
|
{
|
|
size_t result = 0;
|
|
|
|
result += mProperties.SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
|
|
|
|
FrameChildListIterator iter(this);
|
|
while (!iter.IsDone()) {
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* f : iter.CurrentList()) {
|
|
result += f->SizeOfFramePropertiesForTree(aMallocSizeOf);
|
|
}
|
|
iter.Next();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Box layout debugging
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
int32_t gIndent2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents()
|
|
{
|
|
for(int32_t i=0; i < gIndent2; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
printf(" ");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsAdaptorPrintReason(ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
|
|
{
|
|
char* reflowReasonString;
|
|
|
|
switch(aReflowInput.reason)
|
|
{
|
|
case eReflowReason_Initial:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "initial";
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eReflowReason_Resize:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "resize";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowReason_Dirty:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "dirty";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowReason_StyleChange:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "stylechange";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowReason_Incremental:
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aReflowInput.reflowCommand->Type()) {
|
|
case eReflowType_StyleChanged:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "incremental (StyleChanged)";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowType_ReflowDirty:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "incremental (ReflowDirty)";
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "incremental (Unknown)";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "unknown";
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf("%s",reflowReasonString);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetBoxName(nsAutoString& aName)
|
|
{
|
|
GetFrameName(aName);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
static void
|
|
GetTagName(nsFrame* aFrame, nsIContent* aContent, int aResultSize,
|
|
char* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aContent) {
|
|
snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "%s@%p",
|
|
nsAtomCString(aContent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom()).get(), aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "@%p", aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, bool aEnter)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(sFrameLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
|
|
char tagbuf[40];
|
|
GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
|
|
PR_LogPrint("%s: %s %s", tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, bool aEnter, nsReflowStatus aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(sFrameLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
|
|
char tagbuf[40];
|
|
GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
|
|
PR_LogPrint("%s: %s %s, status=%scomplete%s",
|
|
tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod,
|
|
NS_FRAME_IS_NOT_COMPLETE(aStatus) ? "not" : "",
|
|
(NS_FRAME_REFLOW_NEXTINFLOW & aStatus) ? "+reflow" : "");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::TraceMsg(const char* aFormatString, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(sFrameLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
|
|
// Format arguments into a buffer
|
|
char argbuf[200];
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
va_start(ap, aFormatString);
|
|
PR_vsnprintf(argbuf, sizeof(argbuf), aFormatString, ap);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
|
|
char tagbuf[40];
|
|
GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
|
|
PR_LogPrint("%s: %s", tagbuf, argbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::VerifyDirtyBitSet(const nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(aFrameList); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(e.get()->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY,
|
|
"dirty bit not set");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Start Display Reflow
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
DR_cookie::DR_cookie(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aMetrics,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
:mPresContext(aPresContext), mFrame(aFrame), mReflowInput(aReflowInput), mMetrics(aMetrics), mStatus(aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(aPresContext, mFrame, mReflowInput);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_cookie::~DR_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayReflowExit(mPresContext, mFrame, mMetrics, mStatus, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_layout_cookie::DR_layout_cookie(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_layout_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayLayoutEnter(mFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_layout_cookie::~DR_layout_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_layout_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayLayoutExit(mFrame, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_width_cookie::DR_intrinsic_width_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mType(aType)
|
|
, mResult(aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_intrinsic_width_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeEnter(mFrame, mType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_width_cookie::~DR_intrinsic_width_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_intrinsic_width_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeExit(mFrame, mType, mResult, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_size_cookie::DR_intrinsic_size_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nsSize& aResult)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mType(aType)
|
|
, mResult(aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_intrinsic_size_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeEnter(mFrame, mType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_size_cookie::~DR_intrinsic_size_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_intrinsic_size_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeExit(mFrame, mType, mResult, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_constraints_cookie::DR_init_constraints_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowInput* aState,
|
|
nscoord aCBWidth,
|
|
nscoord aCBHeight,
|
|
const nsMargin* aMargin,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mState(aState)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_constraints_cookie);
|
|
mValue = ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsEnter(mFrame, mState,
|
|
aCBWidth, aCBHeight,
|
|
aMargin, aPadding);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_constraints_cookie::~DR_init_constraints_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_constraints_cookie);
|
|
ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_offsets_cookie::DR_init_offsets_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
SizeComputationInput* aState,
|
|
nscoord aPercentBasis,
|
|
const nsMargin* aMargin,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mState(aState)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_offsets_cookie);
|
|
mValue = SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsEnter(mFrame, mState,
|
|
aPercentBasis,
|
|
aMargin, aPadding);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_offsets_cookie::~DR_init_offsets_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_offsets_cookie);
|
|
SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_type_cookie::DR_init_type_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowInput* aState)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mState(aState)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_type_cookie);
|
|
mValue = ReflowInput::DisplayInitFrameTypeEnter(mFrame, mState);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_type_cookie::~DR_init_type_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_type_cookie);
|
|
ReflowInput::DisplayInitFrameTypeExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_FrameTypeInfo;
|
|
struct DR_FrameTreeNode;
|
|
struct DR_Rule;
|
|
|
|
struct DR_State
|
|
{
|
|
DR_State();
|
|
~DR_State();
|
|
void Init();
|
|
void AddFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|
const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
|
|
const char* aFrameName);
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType);
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName);
|
|
void InitFrameTypeTable();
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const ReflowInput* aReflowInput);
|
|
void FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
|
|
bool RuleMatches(DR_Rule& aRule,
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
|
|
bool GetToken(FILE* aFile,
|
|
char* aBuf,
|
|
size_t aBufSize);
|
|
DR_Rule* ParseRule(FILE* aFile);
|
|
void ParseRulesFile();
|
|
void AddRule(nsTArray<DR_Rule*>& aRules,
|
|
DR_Rule& aRule);
|
|
bool IsWhiteSpace(int c);
|
|
bool GetNumber(char* aBuf,
|
|
int32_t& aNumber);
|
|
void PrettyUC(nscoord aSize,
|
|
char* aBuf,
|
|
int aBufSize);
|
|
void PrintMargin(const char* tag, const nsMargin* aMargin);
|
|
void DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
int32_t aIndent);
|
|
void DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
|
|
|
|
bool mInited;
|
|
bool mActive;
|
|
int32_t mCount;
|
|
int32_t mAssert;
|
|
int32_t mIndent;
|
|
bool mIndentUndisplayedFrames;
|
|
bool mDisplayPixelErrors;
|
|
nsTArray<DR_Rule*> mWildRules;
|
|
nsTArray<DR_FrameTypeInfo> mFrameTypeTable;
|
|
// reflow specific state
|
|
nsTArray<DR_FrameTreeNode*> mFrameTreeLeaves;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static DR_State *DR_state; // the one and only DR_State
|
|
|
|
struct DR_RulePart
|
|
{
|
|
explicit DR_RulePart(nsIAtom* aFrameType) : mFrameType(aFrameType), mNext(0) {}
|
|
void Destroy();
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* mFrameType;
|
|
DR_RulePart* mNext;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void DR_RulePart::Destroy()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mNext) {
|
|
mNext->Destroy();
|
|
}
|
|
delete this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_Rule
|
|
{
|
|
DR_Rule() : mLength(0), mTarget(nullptr), mDisplay(false) {
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_Rule);
|
|
}
|
|
~DR_Rule() {
|
|
if (mTarget) mTarget->Destroy();
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_Rule);
|
|
}
|
|
void AddPart(nsIAtom* aFrameType);
|
|
|
|
uint32_t mLength;
|
|
DR_RulePart* mTarget;
|
|
bool mDisplay;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void DR_Rule::AddPart(nsIAtom* aFrameType)
|
|
{
|
|
DR_RulePart* newPart = new DR_RulePart(aFrameType);
|
|
newPart->mNext = mTarget;
|
|
mTarget = newPart;
|
|
mLength++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_FrameTypeInfo
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrmeType, const char* aFrameNameAbbrev, const char* aFrameName);
|
|
~DR_FrameTypeInfo() {
|
|
int32_t numElements;
|
|
numElements = mRules.Length();
|
|
for (int32_t i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
|
delete mRules.ElementAt(i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* mType;
|
|
char mNameAbbrev[16];
|
|
char mName[32];
|
|
nsTArray<DR_Rule*> mRules;
|
|
private:
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo& operator=(const DR_FrameTypeInfo&) = delete;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo::DR_FrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|
const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
|
|
const char* aFrameName)
|
|
{
|
|
mType = aFrameType;
|
|
PL_strncpyz(mNameAbbrev, aFrameNameAbbrev, sizeof(mNameAbbrev));
|
|
PL_strncpyz(mName, aFrameName, sizeof(mName));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_FrameTreeNode
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame, DR_FrameTreeNode* aParent) : mFrame(aFrame), mParent(aParent), mDisplay(0), mIndent(0)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
~DR_FrameTreeNode()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* mFrame;
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* mParent;
|
|
bool mDisplay;
|
|
uint32_t mIndent;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// DR_State implementation
|
|
|
|
DR_State::DR_State()
|
|
: mInited(false), mActive(false), mCount(0), mAssert(-1), mIndent(0),
|
|
mIndentUndisplayedFrames(false), mDisplayPixelErrors(false)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_State);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::Init()
|
|
{
|
|
char* env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT");
|
|
int32_t num;
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mAssert = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START");
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mIndent = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES");
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mIndentUndisplayedFrames = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS");
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mDisplayPixelErrors = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InitFrameTypeTable();
|
|
ParseRulesFile();
|
|
mInited = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_State::~DR_State()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_State);
|
|
int32_t numElements, i;
|
|
numElements = mWildRules.Length();
|
|
for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
|
delete mWildRules.ElementAt(i);
|
|
}
|
|
numElements = mFrameTreeLeaves.Length();
|
|
for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
|
delete mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::GetNumber(char* aBuf,
|
|
int32_t& aNumber)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sscanf(aBuf, "%d", &aNumber) > 0)
|
|
return true;
|
|
else
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::IsWhiteSpace(int c) {
|
|
return (c == ' ') || (c == '\t') || (c == '\n') || (c == '\r');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::GetToken(FILE* aFile,
|
|
char* aBuf,
|
|
size_t aBufSize)
|
|
{
|
|
bool haveToken = false;
|
|
aBuf[0] = 0;
|
|
// get the 1st non whitespace char
|
|
int c = -1;
|
|
for (c = getc(aFile); (c > 0) && IsWhiteSpace(c); c = getc(aFile)) {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (c > 0) {
|
|
haveToken = true;
|
|
aBuf[0] = c;
|
|
// get everything up to the next whitespace char
|
|
size_t cX;
|
|
for (cX = 1; cX + 1 < aBufSize ; cX++) {
|
|
c = getc(aFile);
|
|
if (c < 0) { // EOF
|
|
ungetc(' ', aFile);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if (IsWhiteSpace(c)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
aBuf[cX] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aBuf[cX] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return haveToken;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_Rule* DR_State::ParseRule(FILE* aFile)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[128];
|
|
int32_t doDisplay;
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = nullptr;
|
|
while (GetToken(aFile, buf, sizeof(buf))) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(buf, doDisplay)) {
|
|
if (rule) {
|
|
rule->mDisplay = !!doDisplay;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("unexpected token - %s \n", buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if (!rule) {
|
|
rule = new DR_Rule;
|
|
}
|
|
if (strcmp(buf, "*") == 0) {
|
|
rule->AddPart(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(buf);
|
|
if (info) {
|
|
rule->AddPart(info->mType);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("invalid frame type - %s \n", buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return rule;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::AddRule(nsTArray<DR_Rule*>& aRules,
|
|
DR_Rule& aRule)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t numRules = aRules.Length();
|
|
for (int32_t ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = aRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(rule, "program error");
|
|
if (aRule.mLength > rule->mLength) {
|
|
aRules.InsertElementAt(ruleX, &aRule);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aRules.AppendElement(&aRule);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::ParseRulesFile()
|
|
{
|
|
char* path = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_RULES_FILE");
|
|
if (path) {
|
|
FILE* inFile = fopen(path, "r");
|
|
if (inFile) {
|
|
for (DR_Rule* rule = ParseRule(inFile); rule; rule = ParseRule(inFile)) {
|
|
if (rule->mTarget) {
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = rule->mTarget->mFrameType;
|
|
if (fType) {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(fType);
|
|
if (info) {
|
|
AddRule(info->mRules, *rule);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
AddRule(mWildRules, *rule);
|
|
}
|
|
mActive = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fclose(inFile);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::AddFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|
const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
|
|
const char* aFrameName)
|
|
{
|
|
mFrameTypeTable.AppendElement(DR_FrameTypeInfo(aFrameType, aFrameNameAbbrev, aFrameName));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Length();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
|
|
for (int32_t i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo& info = mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
|
|
if (info.mType == aFrameType) {
|
|
return &info;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return &mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries - 1); // return unknown frame type
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Length();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
|
|
for (int32_t i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo& info = mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
|
|
if ((strcmp(aFrameName, info.mName) == 0) || (strcmp(aFrameName, info.mNameAbbrev) == 0)) {
|
|
return &info;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return &mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries - 1); // return unknown frame type
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::InitFrameTypeTable()
|
|
{
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::blockFrame, "block", "block");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::brFrame, "br", "br");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::bulletFrame, "bullet", "bullet");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::colorControlFrame, "color", "colorControl");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::gfxButtonControlFrame, "button", "gfxButtonControl");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::HTMLButtonControlFrame, "HTMLbutton", "HTMLButtonControl");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::HTMLCanvasFrame, "HTMLCanvas","HTMLCanvas");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::subDocumentFrame, "subdoc", "subDocument");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::imageFrame, "img", "image");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame, "inline", "inline");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::letterFrame, "letter", "letter");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::lineFrame, "line", "line");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame, "select", "select");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::objectFrame, "obj", "object");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::pageFrame, "page", "page");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame, "place", "placeholder");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame, "canvas", "canvas");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::rootFrame, "root", "root");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame, "scroll", "scroll");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableCellFrame, "cell", "tableCell");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::bcTableCellFrame, "bcCell", "bcTableCell");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableColFrame, "col", "tableCol");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableColGroupFrame, "colG", "tableColGroup");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableFrame, "tbl", "table");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableWrapperFrame, "tblW", "tableWrapper");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableRowGroupFrame, "rowG", "tableRowGroup");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableRowFrame, "row", "tableRow");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::textInputFrame, "textCtl", "textInput");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::textFrame, "text", "text");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame, "VP", "viewport");
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::XULLabelFrame, "XULLabel", "XULLabel");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::boxFrame, "Box", "Box");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::sliderFrame, "Slider", "Slider");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame, "PopupSet", "PopupSet");
|
|
#endif
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nullptr, "unknown", "unknown");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
int32_t aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* frameTypeInfo = GetFrameTypeInfo(aFrame->GetType());
|
|
if (frameTypeInfo) {
|
|
for (int32_t i = 0; i < aIndent; i++) {
|
|
printf(" ");
|
|
}
|
|
if(!strcmp(frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, "unknown")) {
|
|
if (aFrame) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
aFrame->GetFrameName(name);
|
|
printf("%s %p ", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name).get(), (void*)aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::RuleMatches(DR_Rule& aRule,
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRule.mTarget, "program error");
|
|
|
|
DR_RulePart* rulePart;
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode;
|
|
for (rulePart = aRule.mTarget->mNext, parentNode = aNode.mParent;
|
|
rulePart && parentNode;
|
|
rulePart = rulePart->mNext, parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
|
|
if (rulePart->mFrameType) {
|
|
if (parentNode->mFrame) {
|
|
if (rulePart->mFrameType != parentNode->mFrame->GetType()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else NS_ASSERTION(false, "program error");
|
|
}
|
|
// else wild card match
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aNode.mFrame) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid DR_FrameTreeNode \n");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool matchingRule = false;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(aNode.mFrame->GetType());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(info, "program error");
|
|
int32_t numRules = info->mRules.Length();
|
|
for (int32_t ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = info->mRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
|
|
if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
|
|
aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
|
|
matchingRule = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!matchingRule) {
|
|
int32_t numWildRules = mWildRules.Length();
|
|
for (int32_t ruleX = 0; ruleX < numWildRules; ruleX++) {
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = mWildRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
|
|
if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
|
|
aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* DR_State::CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const ReflowInput* aReflowInput)
|
|
{
|
|
// find the frame of the parent reflow state (usually just the parent of aFrame)
|
|
nsIFrame* parentFrame;
|
|
if (aReflowInput) {
|
|
const ReflowInput* parentRI = aReflowInput->mParentReflowInput;
|
|
parentFrame = (parentRI) ? parentRI->mFrame : nullptr;
|
|
} else {
|
|
parentFrame = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// find the parent tree node leaf
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* lastLeaf = nullptr;
|
|
if(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length())
|
|
lastLeaf = mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length() - 1);
|
|
if (lastLeaf) {
|
|
for (parentNode = lastLeaf; parentNode && (parentNode->mFrame != parentFrame); parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* newNode = new DR_FrameTreeNode(aFrame, parentNode);
|
|
FindMatchingRule(*newNode);
|
|
|
|
newNode->mIndent = mIndent;
|
|
if (newNode->mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
|
|
++mIndent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lastLeaf && (lastLeaf == parentNode)) {
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length() - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(newNode);
|
|
mCount++;
|
|
|
|
return newNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::PrettyUC(nscoord aSize,
|
|
char* aBuf,
|
|
int aBufSize)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE == aSize) {
|
|
strcpy(aBuf, "UC");
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if ((nscoord)0xdeadbeefU == aSize)
|
|
{
|
|
strcpy(aBuf, "deadbeef");
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
snprintf(aBuf, aBufSize, "%d", aSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::PrintMargin(const char *tag, const nsMargin* aMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aMargin) {
|
|
char t[16], r[16], b[16], l[16];
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->top, t, 16);
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->right, r, 16);
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->bottom, b, 16);
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->left, l, 16);
|
|
printf(" %s=%s,%s,%s,%s", tag, t, r, b, l);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// use %p here for consistency with other null-pointer printouts
|
|
printf(" %s=%p", tag, (void*)aMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
|
|
{
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElement(&aNode);
|
|
int32_t numLeaves = mFrameTreeLeaves.Length();
|
|
if ((0 == numLeaves) || (aNode.mParent != mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(numLeaves - 1))) {
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(aNode.mParent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aNode.mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
|
|
--mIndent;
|
|
}
|
|
// delete the tree node
|
|
delete &aNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
CheckPixelError(nscoord aSize,
|
|
int32_t aPixelToTwips)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aSize) {
|
|
if ((aSize % aPixelToTwips) > 0) {
|
|
printf("VALUE %d is not a whole pixel \n", aSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void DisplayReflowEnterPrint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode& aTreeNode,
|
|
bool aChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aTreeNode.mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, aTreeNode.mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.AvailableWidth(), width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.AvailableHeight(), height, 16);
|
|
printf("Reflow a=%s,%s ", width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.ComputedWidth(), width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowInput.ComputedHeight(), height, 16);
|
|
printf("c=%s,%s ", width, height);
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)
|
|
printf("dirty ");
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN)
|
|
printf("dirty-children ");
|
|
|
|
if (aReflowInput.mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow)
|
|
printf("special-bsize ");
|
|
|
|
if (aReflowInput.IsHResize())
|
|
printf("h-resize ");
|
|
|
|
if (aReflowInput.IsVResize())
|
|
printf("v-resize ");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* inFlow = aFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
|
|
if (inFlow) {
|
|
printf("pif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
|
|
}
|
|
inFlow = aFrame->GetNextInFlow();
|
|
if (inFlow) {
|
|
printf("nif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aChanged)
|
|
printf("CHANGED \n");
|
|
else
|
|
printf("cnt=%d \n", DR_state->mCount);
|
|
if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
|
|
int32_t p2t = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.AvailableWidth(), p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.AvailableHeight(), p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.ComputedWidth(), p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowInput.ComputedHeight(), p2t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, &aReflowInput);
|
|
if (treeNode) {
|
|
DisplayReflowEnterPrint(aPresContext, aFrame, aReflowInput, *treeNode, false);
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayLayoutEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("XULLayout\n");
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("Get%sWidth\n", aType);
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("Get%sSize\n", aType);
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayReflowExit(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowOutput& aMetrics,
|
|
nsReflowStatus aStatus,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "DisplayReflowExit - invalid call");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
char x[16];
|
|
char y[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.Width(), width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.Height(), height, 16);
|
|
printf("Reflow d=%s,%s", width, height);
|
|
|
|
if (!NS_FRAME_IS_FULLY_COMPLETE(aStatus)) {
|
|
printf(" status=0x%x", aStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFrame->HasOverflowAreas()) {
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().x, x, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().y, y, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().width, width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().height, height, 16);
|
|
printf(" vis-o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
nsRect storedOverflow = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.x, x, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.y, y, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.width, width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.height, height, 16);
|
|
printf(" vis-sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().x, x, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().y, y, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().width, width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().height, height, 16);
|
|
printf(" scr-o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
storedOverflow = aFrame->GetScrollableOverflowRect();
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.x, x, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.y, y, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.width, width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.height, height, 16);
|
|
printf(" scr-sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
|
|
int32_t p2t = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
CheckPixelError(aMetrics.Width(), p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aMetrics.Height(), p2t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayLayoutExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
nsRect rect = aFrame->GetRect();
|
|
printf("XULLayout=%d,%d,%d,%d\n", rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicISizeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nscoord aResult,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult, width, 16);
|
|
printf("Get%sWidth=%s\n", aType, width);
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nsSize aResult,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult.width, width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult.height, height, 16);
|
|
printf("Get%sSize=%s,%s\n", aType, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayReflowStartup()
|
|
{
|
|
DR_state = new DR_State();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayReflowShutdown()
|
|
{
|
|
delete DR_state;
|
|
DR_state = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_cookie::Change() const
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)mValue;
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DisplayReflowEnterPrint(mPresContext, mFrame, mReflowInput, *treeNode, true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void*
|
|
ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowInput* aState,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockWidth,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockHeight,
|
|
const nsMargin* aBorder,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, aState);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
printf("InitConstraints parent=%p",
|
|
(void*)aState->mParentReflowInput);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockWidth, width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockHeight, height, 16);
|
|
printf(" cb=%s,%s", width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->AvailableWidth(), width, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->AvailableHeight(), height, 16);
|
|
printf(" as=%s,%s", width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("b", aBorder);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p", aPadding);
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
ReflowInput::DisplayInitConstraintsExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowInput* aState,
|
|
void* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
if (!aValue) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
char cmiw[16], cw[16], cmxw[16], cmih[16], ch[16], cmxh[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMinWidth(), cmiw, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedWidth(), cw, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMaxWidth(), cmxw, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMinHeight(), cmih, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedHeight(), ch, 16);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->ComputedMaxHeight(), cmxh, 16);
|
|
printf("InitConstraints= cw=(%s <= %s <= %s) ch=(%s <= %s <= %s)",
|
|
cmiw, cw, cmxw, cmih, ch, cmxh);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("co", &aState->ComputedPhysicalOffsets());
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void*
|
|
SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
SizeComputationInput* aState,
|
|
nscoord aPercentBasis,
|
|
const nsMargin* aBorder,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// aState is not necessarily a ReflowInput
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char pctBasisStr[16];
|
|
WritingMode wm = aState->GetWritingMode();
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aPercentBasis, pctBasisStr, 16);
|
|
printf("InitOffsets pct_basis=%s", pctBasisStr);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("b", aBorder);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p", aPadding);
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
SizeComputationInput::DisplayInitOffsetsExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
SizeComputationInput* aState,
|
|
void* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
if (!aValue) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("InitOffsets=");
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("m", &aState->ComputedPhysicalMargin());
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p", &aState->ComputedPhysicalPadding());
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p+b", &aState->ComputedPhysicalBorderPadding());
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void*
|
|
ReflowInput::DisplayInitFrameTypeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowInput* aState)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// we don't print anything here
|
|
return DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, aState);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
ReflowInput::DisplayInitFrameTypeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
ReflowInput* aState,
|
|
void* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
if (!aValue) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("InitFrameType");
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = aState->mStyleDisplay;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)
|
|
printf(" out-of-flow");
|
|
if (aFrame->GetPrevInFlow())
|
|
printf(" prev-in-flow");
|
|
if (aFrame->IsAbsolutelyPositioned())
|
|
printf(" abspos");
|
|
if (aFrame->IsFloating())
|
|
printf(" float");
|
|
|
|
// This array must exactly match the StyleDisplay enum.
|
|
const char *const displayTypes[] = {
|
|
"none", "block", "inline", "inline-block", "list-item", "table",
|
|
"inline-table", "table-row-group", "table-column", "table-column",
|
|
"table-column-group", "table-header-group", "table-footer-group",
|
|
"table-row", "table-cell", "table-caption", "flex", "inline-flex",
|
|
"grid", "inline-grid", "ruby", "ruby-base", "ruby-base-container",
|
|
"ruby-text", "ruby-text-container", "contents", "-webkit-box",
|
|
"-webkit-inline-box", "box", "inline-box",
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
"grid", "inline-grid", "grid-group", "grid-line", "stack",
|
|
"inline-stack", "deck", "groupbox", "popup",
|
|
#endif
|
|
};
|
|
const uint32_t display = static_cast<uint32_t>(disp->mDisplay);
|
|
if (display >= ArrayLength(displayTypes))
|
|
printf(" display=%u", display);
|
|
else
|
|
printf(" display=%s", displayTypes[display]);
|
|
|
|
// This array must exactly match the NS_CSS_FRAME_TYPE constants.
|
|
const char *const cssFrameTypes[] = {
|
|
"unknown", "inline", "block", "floating", "absolute", "internal-table"
|
|
};
|
|
nsCSSFrameType bareType = NS_FRAME_GET_TYPE(aState->mFrameType);
|
|
bool repNoBlock = NS_FRAME_IS_REPLACED_NOBLOCK(aState->mFrameType);
|
|
bool repBlock = NS_FRAME_IS_REPLACED_CONTAINS_BLOCK(aState->mFrameType);
|
|
|
|
if (bareType >= ArrayLength(cssFrameTypes)) {
|
|
printf(" result=type %u", bareType);
|
|
} else {
|
|
printf(" result=%s", cssFrameTypes[bareType]);
|
|
}
|
|
printf("%s%s\n", repNoBlock ? " +rep" : "", repBlock ? " +repBlk" : "");
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
// End Display Reflow
|
|
|
|
#endif
|